Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Shell Companies / Mpac Group plc

Mpac Group plc

mpac · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mpac
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Shell Companies
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Mpac Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Mpac Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2024
We create faster, more 
efficient automation and 
packaging systems
Accelerated strategic 
growth empowered  
by people

mpac-group.com
Mpac Group plc is an international company 
listed on the London Stock Exchange  
(symbol: MPAC), with a long and proud history 
of delivering innovation and excellence on  
a global basis. Our business is focused  
on the creation of manufacturing  
solutions that make and package  
the products millions of people  
worldwide depend on.
Contents
Strategic report
01	
Year at a glance
02	
Who we are and what we do
04	
Chairman’s introduction
05	
Strategy: Our mission, purpose and values
06	
Strategy: Customer focussed business model
07	
Strategy: Goals and priorities
09	
Operating review
18	
Financial review
21	
Principal risks and uncertainties
26	
Section 172 statement
Corporate Governance
28 	 Chairman’s corporate governance statement
30	
Board of Directors
32	
Corporate governance report
36	
Audit Committee report
40	
Remuneration and Nomination Committee report
48	
Directors’ report
53 	 Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
Financial statements
55 	 Independent Auditor’s report
62	
Consolidated income statement
63 	 Statement of comprehensive income
64 	 Statements of changes in equity
66 	 Statements of financial position
67 	 Statements of cash flow
68	
Accounting policies
75	
Notes to the accounts
111 	 Five-year record
112	 Principal divisions and subsidiaries
113	 Notice of Annual General Meeting
118 	 Corporate information
02 Strategic report
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

	Completed acquisitions of CSi Palletising, BCA & SIGA Vision
	2024 order intake of £119.7m (2023: £118.5m) 
	Group full year revenue £122.4m (2023: £114.2m) 
	Statutory profit before tax of £3.4m (2023: £4.7m) 
	Underlying profit before tax of £10.6m (2023: £7.1m)
	Basic earnings per share of 6.0p (2023: 13.1p) 
	Underlying earnings per share of 35.2p (2023: 26.2p)
ORDER INTAKE
£119.7m
(2023: £118.5m)
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
6.0p
(2023: 13.1p)
UNDERLYING PROFIT BEFORE TAX
£10.6m
(2023: £7.1m) 
REVENUE
£122.4m
(2023: £114.2m)
UNDERLYING EARNINGS PER SHARE 
35.2p
(2023: 26.2p per share)
NET ASSETS
£108.0m
(2023: £64.0m)
Year at a glance
REVENUE BY REGION
REVENUE BY SECTOR
Other
£26.6m
Healthcare
£43.7m
Food and beverage
£52.1m
Europe, Middle 
East & Africa
£46.9m
Americas
£60.3m
Asia
£15.2m
02 Strategic report
1
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Who we are and what we do
Our sectors
Mpac is a provider of product manufacturing and packaging solutions. We serve customers 
globally in the essential and growing sectors of healthcare and food and beverage, with 
engineering and services that increase automation, safety, sustainability and cost effectiveness. 
Headquartered in the UK, we have strategically located manufacturing and Service hubs 
worldwide to provide our customers with local support and a global reach.
We are ‘One Mpac’, with seven connected businesses that trade under the globally respected 
brand names and product ranges of Lambert, Langen, Switchback, SIGA Vision, BCA and CSi 
Palletising. Lambert specialises in solutions for the healthcare sector. Langen and Switchback 
provide secondary and tertiary packaging solutions for all sectors in which we operate. BCA 
provide conveying and primary packaging for the food and beverage sector. CSi provide tertiary 
packaging solutions for all sectors in which we operate and SIGA Vision provide vision systems 
across all of our product ranges.
We provide packaging and automation solutions to fast-moving consumer goods customers, 
enabling their products to be packaged for distribution to their consumers, ensuring security, 
quality, sustainability and shelf appeal.
We ensure manufacturing consistency through integration; from product assembly to primary 
packaging, cartoning to case packing and palletisation – designed, delivered and supported 
globally, while protecting the wider ecosystem we all live in.
We don’t just build machines however, we create automation solutions to develop and  
optimise manufacturing processes. Our end-to-end capabilities help our customers thrive  
in a changing world. 
The Group leverages its engineering expertise with cutting-edge manufacturing technologies and 
proven machine design, and supports its customers with world class service support, delivered 
locally. We are a global organisation and can provide support to customers in any region. 
We support all brands and all locations with our global operations
Our philosophy is ‘Ingenuity without limits’
Food and beverage 
Providing innovative solutions for secondary and end-of-line packaging. Cartoning 
and case packing of bags, stick packs, pouches, flow wrapped products, bottles and 
more, to our customers’ requirements.
Healthcare 
Supporting healthcare industries as diverse as contact lenses, facial tissues and 
dentifrice. Mpac supplies innovative first-of-a-kind machinery as well as standard 
packing and testing equipment.
02 Strategic report
2
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

We create and service superior automation 
and packaging machines globally
6,500
Machines in service
8
Global manufacturing facilities
80
Countries served
6
Innovations centres
520
Global engineers and designers
10
Customer service hubs
Original Equipment (OE) manufacturing combined with compelling service offerings
Sales by Sector (%) 
Food & Beverage 	
43%
Healthcare 	
36%
Other 	
21%
£122.4m
(2023: £114.2m) 
Revenue
Product 
assembly
Filling & 
Dosing
Product handling 
and infeed
Cartoning
Tray 
forming
Case 
packing
Palletising
Conveying
Mississauga 
(CA) 
111 people 
4,500m2
Tadcaster  
(UK) 
215 people 
6,500 m2
Cleveland 
(US) 
46 people 
5,000m2
Santiago de Queretaro 
(MX) 
15 people
Wijchen
(NL) 
213 people 
4,700 m2
Singapore 
(SG) 
14 people
Manufacturing
Sales
Service
Boston 
(US) 
50 people 
3,250 m2
Cluj 
(ROU)
220 people 
13,100 m2
Reghin 
(ROU)
60 people 
4,100 m2
Breda 
(NL) 
155 people 
3,500 m2
SIGA VISION
LAMBERT
LANGEN
SWITCHBACK
BCA
CSi
02 Strategic report
3
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Andrew Kitchingman  
Chairman
Chairman’s introduction
Following the update to our strategic objectives and new five year 
plans, established in 2023, our focus has been on ensuring that these 
plans were executed on a timely and efficient basis and are delivering 
the results foreseen.  
These plans will be accelerated through the two acquisitions made 
during late 2024, which significantly develop our strategic position in 
our key sectors of Food and Beverage and Healthcare and bring us 
closer to completion of our full line product range, supported by our 
innovation and new product roadmap. The acquisitions are an excellent 
strategic fit for the Group and are already aligned with our existing 
operating segments.
The five year plans included planning for the integration of acquisitions 
and the new members of the Group are being swiftly and efficiently 
integrated, with the commercial benefits anticipated now beginning  
to flow.  
The successful fundraising executed by the Group during 2024  
was a highlight of the year, with the strong support received from  
both institutional and retail investors for the Group’s strategy and 
ability to execute, reinforced our view that the strategy is well  
placed to outperform.
Our investment proposition remains one of organic growth, augmented 
by carefully selected acquisitions.  
On pages 28 to 35 I discuss corporate governance and the Board’s 
activities during the year.
Summary of results
Order intake in the year was £119.7m (2023: £118.5m) and Group 
revenues was £122.4m (2023: 114.2m).  Timing of order intake in the 
second half of the year was impacted by uncertainty associated with 
US elections and the impact of potential tariffs, however we note 
that in the early months of 2025, the run rate of orders has been in 
line with expectations, indicating improving customer confidence. 
Underlying profit before tax was in line with long established market 
expectations at £10.6m (2023: £7.1m). Statutory profit before tax was 
£3.4m (2023: £4.7m), which is net of the costs of the acquisitions  
 and the amortisation of acquired intangible assets. Group net debt 
at 31 December was £37.5m reflecting the funding of acquisitions 
(2023: net cash £2.1m).
Dividend
Having considered the trading results for 2024 and the opportunities 
for investment in the growth of the Group, the Board has decided 
that it is not appropriate to pay a final dividend. No interim dividend 
was paid in 2024. Future dividend payments will be considered by the 
Board in the context of 2025 trading performance and made when 
the Board believes it is prudent to do so.
Outlook
The Group starts 2025 in a strong position after successfully 
concluding on two strategically important acquisitions in 2024,  
which provide a wider product offering, access to new customers  
in attractive growth markets and a significant increase in scale.  
The opening order book is strong and diverse, providing good 
coverage over 2025 forecast revenue, and I consider the prospects 
for the Group over the medium term remain positive. I look forward  
to reporting on the progress that will be made during 2025.
Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman 
28 April 2025
“I am pleased to report a continuation of the 
progress in financial performance and the 
successful execution of two transformative 
acquisitions in the latter part of 2024, in line with 
our strategic objectives aimed at building upon 
the existing sound foundations and delivering  
a growth agenda over a five-year period.”
02 Strategic report
4
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Strategy: Our mission, purpose and values
OUR VALUES
INTEGRITY
We make and keep commitments. 
We make decisions in an ethical 
and transparent way. We value 
diversity and inclusivity. We care, 
respect and value others. We 
drive a safer, healthier and more 
sustainable future. 
DRIVE
We act with a sense of urgency.  
We believe in simpler, faster,  
and focusing on what matters  
to our customers. We do not  
walk away from challenges.  
We celebrate success. 
EXPERTISE
We value expertise, curiosity  
and shared insight. We take pride 
in our work, the machines that  
we create, and the services that  
we provide to our customers. 
We strive to continuously improve. 
COLLABORATION
We work together, with our 
customers, and our partners; 
collaborating without boundaries 
for the collective goal.
INNOVATION
We use our expertise to push 
boundaries, creating exciting  
new tailored solutions for  
our customers.
OUR MISSION
We design, build and support 
the machines that assemble 
and package the products 
that millions of people around 
the world depend on.
OUR PURPOSE
Through innovative technology 
and exceptional service, we 
help our customers to 
provide food and beverage and 
healthcare across the world.
 
MISSION
PEOPLE
PURPOSE
VALUES
02 Strategic report
5
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

What we do
We design, develop software, precision 
engineer and manufacture high speed 
packaging solutions, first-of-a-kind machinery 
and high specification automation, secondary 
packing equipment and end-of-line robotics 
with integrated testing solutions. 
We do not just build machines; we create 
full-line automation to develop and optimise 
manufacturing processes. Our end-to-end 
capabilities help our customers thrive in a 
changing world.
Strategy: Customer focussed business model
The Group offers its customers automation and 
packaging solutions, customised to their 
requirements using a portfolio of proven modules 
augmented with a customer specific product 
package handling solution.
The implementation of our ‘One Mpac’ business 
model incorporates sales, service, and operations 
functions. Common processes are all monitored 
and controlled by effective project management. 
Service support is provided through the life of the 
product at the customers’ sites.
The capital equipment market is cyclical by its nature 
with a high need for responsiveness and flexibility to 
adapt to customer demands and lead time needs, 
seizing the opportunities as they arise.
The Group is able to exploit synergies, utilising best 
practice across the sites and a shared services 
resource in order to improve the operational 
efficiencies.
This creates a model whereby we can increase 
utilisation with the ability to expand capacity  
with increased demand and reduce capacity  
in periods of lower demand.
The ‘One Mpac’ business model ensures we deliver consistent high-quality services 
to our customers globally wherever they choose to locate a manufacturing site.
Consult
Our solutions live, breathe and evolve, and 
so should your business. That’s why we’re 
by your side at every stage, consulting with 
you to understand your challenges and 
solve your problems before they occur. 
Ingenious thinking is personal, so we take 
the time to listen to your needs and what 
you want from your machines and products.
Install
We install your new machine at a time  
that suits you. To get the most out of  
your machine, our effective employee  
training reduces start-up costs and 
allows your equipment to reach its target 
performance quickly.
Design and build
With your current and future needs in  
mind, we develop fresh ideas and design 
innovative machines to keep you ahead  
of the competition.
Optimise
We make sure your machine stays up-to-
date with the latest modernisations and 
automation upgrades. This ensures minimal 
downtime and less risk of serious damage  
to your equipment throughout the lifetime  
of your lines.
Our bespoke whole life service options, with 
remote monitoring and servicing, ensure 
unstoppable OEE and keeps your machines 
in prime condition, year after year. 
Monitor
With your permission, our experts can connect 
to your control system to give you a complete 
review of your machine performance. By doing 
so, we can predict and prevent problems to 
ensure consistency and compliance. We also 
offer you actionable insights to maximise your 
equipment effectiveness.
O
P
T
I
M
I
S
E
M
O
N
I
T
O
R
I
N
S
T
A
L
L
D
E
S
I
G
N
A
N
D
B
U
I
L
D
C
O
N
S
U
L
T
I
N
N
O
V
A
TI
O
N
I
N
T
E
L
L
I
G
E
N
T
G
L
O
B
A
L
W
H
O
L
E
P
E
R
F
O
R
M
A
N
C
E
R
&
D
A
N
D
T
E
C
H
N
O
L
O
G
IE
S
LI
N
E
I
N
T
E
G
R
A
TI
O
N
S
U
S
T
A
I
N
A
B
L
E
S
E
R
V
I
C
E
W
H
O
L
E
LI
F
E
F
O
O
D
&
B
E
V
E
R
A
G
E
H
E
A
L
T
H
C
A
R
E
02 Strategic report
6
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

 
OPERATIONAL 
EXCELLENCE 
GOING FOR 
GROWTH
INNOVATION
PEOPLE
OUTSTANDING 
CUSTOMER 
SERVICE
Strategy: Goals and priorities
GOING FOR GROWTH
Offering customers automation and 
packaging solutions in our target 
markets and growing our capacity to 
support customers.
OUTSTANDING 
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Deployment of new business tools to 
support our Service teams, growing 
our field service capacity.
INNOVATION
A comprehensive programme to 
extend our product range, including 
packaging technologies.
PEOPLE
Increasing employee engagement, 
talent acquisition, development 
and retention.
OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE
Focussing on project execution to drive 
shorter lead times and on-time, in-full 
delivery.
02 Strategic report
7
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Strategy: Goals and priorities
  2024 progress
  Future plans
Going for
growth
Customers
As part of our strategic sales objective, 
we identified and prioritised key global 
accounts, enabling us to deliver more 
integrated, full-line solutions across our 
complete product portfolio, enhancing 
customer value and deepening long-
term partnerships.
Pipeline expansion
Factored Original Equipment prospect 
pipeline increased by more than 
50% over the prior year following the 
acquisition of CSi and BCA.
Integration
Cross selling of fuller line solutions 
incorporating technology of our 
acquired businesses.
OE Growth
We will continue to focus on developing 
new customer relationships, focusing 
on in-person customer interactions to 
extend our prospect pipeline.
Outstanding  
customer  
service
SIGA Vision Systems
We concluded on the acquisitions of 
the trade and assets of SIGA Vision, 
which expanded our vision systems 
capabilities and opportunities.
Response to customers
We transferred our spare parts 
fulfilment operation to our site in the 
USA, minimising cross-border friction 
and delivery times.
Capacity
Developing the bandwidth of the 
technical service team and accessing 
the increased install base of CSi  
and BCA.
Vision Systems
Expansion of our vision systems  
offering to new OE orders and the 
broader install base
Operational 
excellence
Project execution
We introduced key process 
improvement, including enhanced 
workflow automation and standardised 
project templates, that significantly 
increased efficiency, consistency, and 
delivery speed across all project team, 
delivering a 2.4pp gross margin increase 
over the prior year.
Operating margins
We implemented processes which 
provided increased security over 
margins while delivering revenue  
growth and controlled overheads to 
drive a 49% increase in operating profit
One Mpac
Excellence programmes for the 
project management, operations and 
engineering teams
Systems
Implementation of Mpac business 
systems blueprint to CSi and BCA  
and alignment of best practice  
into the wider Group
Innovation
Products
Successful commercial launch of our 
mid-range Ostro cartoner, expanding 
out product portfolio and access to a 
wider market
Cube Connect
We successfully launched our Cube 
Connect programme, Mpac conditioning 
monitor and remote maintenance 
solution, securing our first orders.
Technology
Develop next generation cartoning 
capabilities, including extending our 
product offering
Standardisation
Development of standard platforms for 
Lambert and Langen product line and 
wider software engineering solutions
People
Organisational design
Defined our leadership and 
organisational design to deliver on 
our growth agenda and to realise our 
integration synergies
Succession planning
We continued to strengten our 
succession planning by developing  
a robust pipeline of future talent, 
ensuring leadership continuity for the 
long-term success of Mpac
Talent
Development of a comprehensive talent 
acquisition and retention process
Academy
Next stage of the Mpac Academy  
roll-out to focus on development  
of our engineering leadership
New five year strategic cycle
The Group reviewed the overall strategy in the year and demonstrated it to be a clear and solid foundation for the future prosperity 
of the business, whilst developing a new and revised set of strategic initiatives to deliver double digit annual growth from the Group’s 
existing businesses and achieve a sustainable double digit return on sales. The five pillars were updated to reflect the progress made 
and the focus within each pillar revised to deliver the most effective long term value for the Group.
02 Strategic report
8
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Adam Holland  
Chief Executive
Operating review 
“I am delighted to present my second full year report 
as Chief Executive of Mpac Group plc, announcing 
performance in line with expectations. We continue 
to place customers at the centre of everything that 
we do. I am pleased to report an increase in new 
equipment opportunities, record levels of order intake, 
revenue and a strong and diverse order book.” 
Introduction
2024 was a transformational year for the 
Group, completing the acquisitions of 
CSi Palletising, BCA and Siga Vision. The 
additions to the Group significantly enhance 
our customer offering and core technical 
capabilities, in addition to a step change in 
scale. The Group made good progress with 
our long-term strategic initiatives, growing 
revenue, improving financial performance and 
increasing our order book. We also increased 
the bandwidth of our senior management 
team, aligned to our five strategic pillars, 
ensuring that the Group is well placed to 
successfully integrate our acquisitions, to 
deliver the synergies identified, and to position 
the Group for further long-term growth.
We continue to place customers at the centre 
of everything that we do. Our equipment sits 
at the heart of our customers’ operations, 
assembling and packaging the products that 
their businesses produce. Our increasingly 
broad product offering, specialist engineering 
expertise, and global service footprint means 
that we can offer and support customers’ 
solutions globally. As a result of this focus 
on customers, I am pleased to report an 
increase in new equipment opportunities and 
record levels of order intake and revenue, 
providing the Group with a solid pipeline and 
a strong and diverse order book going into 
January 2025. 
We have also maintained our focus on the 
Group’s innovation roadmap, delivering 
the first new product launches in our 
five-year product roadmap, and growing 
the development team. Further major 
development projects are in progress 
for future product launches, and along 
with the opportunities arising from the 
three acquisitions we believe we are well 
positioned to continue to drive above-
market rates of growth well into the future.
CSi Palletising (‘’CSi’’)
We completed the acquisition of CSi in 
November 2024, bringing exciting new 
opportunities to the significantly enlarged 
Mpac Group.  CSi is headquartered in the 
Netherlands and is a global leader in end-of-
line packaging automation, with production 
facilities in Romania and additional presence 
in Europe and the Americas.  CSi has 450 
employees and reported full year 2023 
revenue of €71.5m.
The business has a longstanding, blue chip 
customer base, with excellent customer 
retention. Its top six strategic accounts each 
have a relationship of more than 30 years. 
Key customers include PepsiCo, Nestle, 
Mars, Lamb Weston, Mondelez, and Unilever, 
several of which are now new key accounts 
for the wider Group.  CSi has a growing 
globally installed base of over 2,500 lines, 
growing by 80 to 90 solutions per year.  The 
acquisition is complementary to Mpac’s 
existing business and significantly improves 
and increases its capability and offering in 
end-of-line and palletising solutions.
The key attractions of the acquisition and 
the benefits that CSi bring to Mpac are  
as follows:
•	A high-quality provider of solutions for 
palletising and material handling;
•	An enhanced package of maintenance  
and aftermarket services across  
a growing global installed base;
•	Long-standing, “blue-chip” customer 
relationships in attractive sectors, with  
its top six customers all exceeding  
30-year tenures;
•	Strong robotics and systems integration 
and fuller line capabilities;
•	Long-established, lower-cost 
manufacturing and assembly facilities  
in Romania; and
•	An established and self-sufficient 
leadership teams across all sites.
The CSi team made good progress in 
delivering their strategic objectives in 
2024, including a significant improvement 
in customer concentration, bringing the 
order intake from its largest customer to 
less than 10% of the enlarged Group.  The 
integration of the CSi business into the 
Group is progressing well and to plan, and 
the business continues to perform in line 
with expectations.
Revenue by geography
	 Americas  £60.3m
	 Europe, Middle East & Africa  £46.9m 
	 Asia  £15.2m 
£119.7m
Overall Group order intake 
(2023: £118.5m)
£118.5m
Order book for 2025
(2024: £72.5m)
£122.4m
Group revenue 
(2023: £114.2m)
£31.2m
Service revenue 
(2023: £31.8m)
02 Strategic report
9
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

BCA offers a wide range of process-
oriented food handling, pick and place 
lines, hygienic conveyor systems, and 
primary packaging, specialising in 
customised turnkey systems. 
The acquisition of CSi in November 
2024, brings exciting new opportunities 
to the significantly enlarged Mpac 
Group. CSi is headquartered in the 
Netherlands and is a global leader in 
end-of-line packaging automation,  
with production facilities in Romania.
Operating review continued
Boston Conveyor &  
Automation, Inc (‘’BCA’’)
We were delighted to announce in 
September 2024 the acquisition of BCA, a 
provider of robotic automation and conveyer 
solutions, principally to the food and 
general industrial sectors. BCA is based in 
Newburyport, Massachusetts, employs  
50 staff and reported unaudited revenue  
of US$14.0m (£11.2m) for the 12 months  
to 31 May 2024. 
The business offers a wide range of 
process-orientated food handling, pick and 
place lines, hygienic conveyor systems, 
and primary packaging, specialising in 
customised turnkey systems. Equipment 
supplied by BCA operates upstream of 
Langen and Switchback solutions and is a 
compelling fit, taking another step towards 
the Group’s strategic intent of being a 
market leader in the provision of full-line 
packaging solutions for the food and 
beverage and healthcare sectors. 
The range of solutions offered by BCA 
gives further breadth and depth to Mpac’s 
capabilities, with a particular focus on 
handling and primary packaging of products. 
BCA has several clients in common with 
other Mpac Group businesses, and BCA  
and Langen have historically featured 
together on customer projects in the  
US, underpinning the strategic value of  
the acquisition.
Since acquisition, the integration of the BCA 
business has progressed well, developing  
a full-line offering to customers in the “meal 
line” segment with promising prospects for 
synergistic orders.
We are excited about the synergies that the 
acquisition of both CSi and BCA bring to the 
Group, and we have gained traction in both 
regards in the months since we completed 
on the acquisitions with both an increase 
in cross selling quotations and redirecting 
manufacturing to our lower cost Romanian 
manufacturing site. 
Siga Vision
Siga Vision provides machine vision solutions 
to the food, beverage and healthcare 
markets, using advanced software solutions 
to provide quality inspection and line 
control to production. The integration was 
completed in 2024, and prospects for 
development in 2025 are encouraging.
Mpac and SIGA have a long history of 
working together to provide vision solutions 
on Mpac’s packaging machines as well 
as providing aftermarket support to our 
customers.  The Acquisition provides a 
platform from which Mpac can provide  
fully integrated support to its existing 
and future customers with vision-related 
solutions, a key component in full line 
packaging automation.
Acquisition strategy and update
Our immediate focus in 2025 is on the 
integration of the substantial acquisitions 
made in 2024, delivering the synergies  
that we have identified, and realising the  
de-leveraging of our enlarged Group 
following the debt and equity capital raise 
in 2024 used to fund the acquisition of CSi 
and BCA. 
We also recognise that the evaluation and 
development of our acquisition prospect 
pipeline takes considerable time, and 
therefore we also continue to seek out and 
evaluate potential acquisition opportunities 
that fit with our well defined strategy. 
Our focus is to identify businesses that 
will enhance our customer proposition 
in automation and packaging solutions, 
extending our product range and our  
access to a broader range of customers in 
our target market sectors. The Company will 
provide updates on future acquisitions when 
appropriate to do so.
02 Strategic report
10
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Case study: CSi palletising 
•	CSi offers customers comprehensive end-of-line solutions (from case transport 
and conveying, to integrated palletising and pallet handling systems)
•	The Company specialises in fixed-shape products (cases, bags etc.) with a low  
to medium capacity range (max 120 cases per minute)
•	CSi’s proprietary equipment and systems can be offered standalone or as part  
of an integrated turnkey palletising solution involving multiple vendors
•	Newly developed i-Pal palletiser offers flexible, modular solutions
Robotics, conveying and systems integration capabilities within sanitary, 
food processing and packaging sector.
Key highlights
Employees
450
15 years 
Average length  
of customer 
relationship
80-90 
Solutions  
delivered per year 
as key elements  
in systems
Incorporated
1964
64%
23%
23%
2023
2024
2025
Customer Concentration
Other Customers
Customer 1
02 Strategic report
11
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

•	Operates upstream of Mpac in the food processing and product handling  
segment of value chain
•	Increasing drive to automate customer lines – increasing labour costs and  
unreliability of contract labour are key drivers
•	Operating exclusively in the Americas – opportunity to grow geographically
•	Systems integration capabilities – simulation, layout and project  
management of turnkey solutions with multiple OEMs
Robotics, conveying and systems integration capabilities within  
sanitary, food processing and packaging sector.
Case study: BCA
Key highlights
Strong customer 
relationships 
through service 
-oriented sales 
propositions
Employees
50
Incorporated
2017
+7% CAGR  
in BCA’s core 
addressable 
market
02 Strategic report
12
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Operating review continued
In May 2024 we launched Ostro,  
a mid-range cartoner aimed at a new 
segment of the market. This was well 
received, winning orders in the months 
immediately following launch.
Operational update
The Group delivered a strong performance 
in 2024. Original Equipment (“OE”) and 
Service order intake and OE revenue 
above the prior year, and operating returns 
increased by 3pp from 6.8% to  
9.8%, benefitting from the acquisitions 
completed in H2.
Mpac operates in large, resilient long-term 
markets and has a significant opportunity 
to grow through increased market share. 
By remaining focused on executing the 
long-term strategy, growing the installed 
base through OE orders, improving margins 
through the development of our Service 
business, and driving increased operational 
efficiencies, the Group will continue to 
deliver profitable growth.
Strategic update
Under our stable and consistent Group 
strategy, we have continued to deliver 
strategic initiatives linked to our five-year 
financial plan, seeking to deliver double digit 
annual growth and achieve a sustainable 
double digit return on sales. 
A key element of our growth strategy is to 
focus on extending our customer base with 
new global blue chip key accounts and in 
2024 we were again successful in securing 
orders from several of the newly targeted 
global customers. The range of new blue-
chip accounts accessible to Mpac has 
increased with the acquisition of CSi and 
BCA, and preparing the Group to benefit 
from cross-selling is a key strategic focus 
for 2025.
Our strategy remains focused on our 
core markets of food and beverage and 
healthcare, broadening our customer base 
within these markets, extending our product 
portfolio, and continuing to develop our 
service offering.
Our strategy focuses on the following  
five pillars:
Going for growth
Our ambition to double revenue over our 
five-year strategic planning period was 
accelerated with the acquisitions completed 
in 2024, bringing that goal within reach over 
a compressed three-year period. Following 
the acquisitions, we have raised our horizon, 
with a new ambition to double the revenue 
of the enlarged group over the five-year 
period from January 2025. 
Our addressable end market is substantial, 
and has demonstrated resilience to 
wider macro-economic cycles. During 
recessionary periods for example, we have 
seen consumers shift demand from high 
value luxury products to more affordable 
products, resulting in increased production 
volume demand from our customers 
throughout the cycle. These mid and long 
term trends have proven reliable over many 
cycles, with transitionary periods resulting 
in lengthening of customer decision making 
over the short-term as FMCG businesses 
innovate to the change in consumer focus. 
This long term market stability provides 
a consistent long term objective for the 
Group, seeking to grow market share.
The Group’s objective is therefore to deliver 
sustainable growth in our key end markets, 
capturing market share by cross selling 
to customers of the acquired businesses, 
increasing the number of touch points with 
our customers and the amount of time that 
we spend with them. In 2024 we increased 
the size of our commercial and applications 
teams, and invested in brand awareness 
and marketing, including exhibiting at the 
flagship Pack Expo trade show in the US.  
02 Strategic report
13
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

At PackExpo in November we 
showcased our new Horizon  
top-load cartoner, with an intuitive 
user interface and the Mpac  
“replay” vision system.
Operating review continued
With the acquisitions comes a new 
opportunity to drive growth, cross-sell 
across the enlarged customer base, and 
offer fuller lines that combine offerings  
from more than one Mpac business.  
To coordinate our global marketing and 
sales team, in January 2025 we appointed 
a Chief Commercial Officer, selecting an 
experienced sales leader from the existing 
team. We look forward to providing an 
update on these activities with the 2025 
half-year results.
Outstanding Customer Service
We remain focussed on our long-term goal 
to generate 30% of Group revenue from 
services and remain on track to meet this 
target, achieving 25% of revenue from 
Services in FY 2024. 
In the short-term following the CSi acqisition, 
we expect this percentage to reduce as 
we develop the Service potential from the 
acquired businesses. In 2024 we expanded 
our field service and technical resources, 
located in the regions where our customers 
operate, and continued to drive improvement 
in key service performance metrics.
The acquisition of Siga Vision brought a new 
dimension to our service business, expanding 
our offering to modify and upgrade existing 
customer facilities. This includes upgrades  
to existing Mpac production lines, as well  
as upgrades to production systems originally 
provided by other manufacturers. Whilst this 
is expected to remain a small part of overall 
Group revenue in 2025, there is potential  
for this to grow over time as customers 
look for novel ways to improve production 
efficiency and reduce their labour cost 
through vision systems.
With the acquisitions of BCA and CSi, the 
Group’s service offering is now significantly 
larger. Most notably, the global footprint has 
been expanded through the new teams, 
bringing us closer than ever to existing and 
target customers. The appointment of a Group 
Servies Director in January 2025 was made to 
maximise this opportunity and appoint from 
within the existing leadership team.
Operational Excellence
Our long term retention of customers 
depends on our reputation for delivering 
original equipment projects and the  
service support to our installed base.  
The Group’s track record is good, but we 
still see significant opportunity to improve, 
focusing on project execution through project 
management, engineering, operations and 
supply chain processes. Our objective is to 
drive shorter project lead times, on-time-
in-full delivery performance, and improve 
working capital.
With the acquisitions completed in 2024, 
our strategic objective remains consistent: 
building an increasingly flexible organisation 
which can respond with agility to our 
customers’ needs, leveraging our global 
resources. Our global ERP and business 
systems blueprint, already implemented 
in our facilities in Wijchen, Tadcaster, 
Mississauga and Cleveland will now be 
deployed at the facilities of our newly 
acquired businesses. We see opportunity 
to improve Group performance through the 
operations of the enlarged team, balancing 
activities across our operations, and driving 
our supply chain performance. In January 
2025 we appointed a Chief Operating 
Officer to lead these activities, recruiting an 
experienced leader with a track record at and 
exceeding the scale of the enlarged Group.
Innovation
The Group made good progress in 2024 
delivering the first new product launches 
from our five-year product roadmap, 
extending our product offering and building 
on our reputation as a global leader in high-
speed packaging and automation solutions. 
02 Strategic report
14
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

2024 was a transformational year for the Group and our people, 
nearly doubling the employee base, in response to this, we 
established our new Leadership Team to drive the Group towards 
its strategic objectives.
Case study: Management restructure
Board of Directors
Adam Holland (CEO) and Will Wilkins (CFO)
Mike joined Mpac in 2019 as 
Managing Director for the 
Americas and was appointed 
Chief Commercial Officer in 
January 2025.
Prior to joining Mpac, Mike led 
Weber Packaging Solutions  
as EVP of North America and 
spent a significant period of his 
career in leadership roles  
at Domino Printing.
With a track record of strong 
commercial growth, Mike brings 
a wealth of experience and global 
packaging industry knowledge. 
David joined Mpac in April  
2023 as Managing Director,  
Lambert. He was appointed  
as Group Services Director  
in January 2025.
Before joining Mpac, David 
led Surface Technology 
International, a leading  
electronic manufacturing 
company, where he oversaw 
worldwide operations.
David brings over 15 years of 
executive leadership experience 
across global design and 
manufacturing businesses.
Tammy joined Mpac as Group 
HR Director in August 2023.
Tammy holds a CIPD Post 
Graduate Diploma in Human 
Resources Management and  
is an accomplished HR leader 
with over 15 years experience 
working in global organisations.
Prior to joining Mpac, Tammy 
held senior roles in E.ON,  
Uniper and JCB and brings 
expertise in driving strategic 
people initiatives that align  
with organisational goals.
Steve joined Mpac as Chief 
Operating Officer (“COO”) in 
January 2025.
Before joining Mpac, Steve was 
the Vice President of Operations 
at Malvern Panalytical, part of 
Spectris plc.
Prior to that, Steve worked for 
GKN Aerospace for 17 years 
in a variery of engineering, 
programme management  
and operational roles, latterly  
as the COO for the UK &  
Nordics regions. 
Mike was appointed Group 
Innovations Director in  
January 2022.
Mike is a Chartered Mechanical 
Engineer with over 22 years 
experience in packaging 
machinery.
Mike brings a strong foundation 
in all elements of automation and 
combines a deep understanding 
of customer operations and 
challenges with a passion  
for innovation that delivers 
tangible commercial value  
to our customers.
Duncan joined Mpac in April 
2000 and is currently Corporate 
Development Director.
Duncan is a qualified Chartered 
Accountant and prior to his 
current role leading Mpac’s 
Merger & Acquisition activities, 
held a number of group and 
divisional finance leadership 
roles in the United Kingdom  
and overseas.
Duncan excels in acquisition 
deal generation and execution & 
strategic business development.
Going for Growth
Mike Brown
Service as a Business
David Taylor
Innovation
Mike Lewis
Operational Excellence
Steve Blair
Tammy Bristow
People
Duncan Tyler
Corporate Development
02 Strategic report
15
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

In May 2024 we launched Ostro, a mid-
range cartoner aimed at a segment of 
the market in which we had no previous 
offering. This was well received by the 
market, winning orders in the months 
immediately following launch, including 
bakery production lines which we continue 
to see as an attractive growing segment of 
the food market. At PackExpo in November 
we showcased our new Horizon top-load 
cartoner, with an intuitive user interface  
and the Mpac “replay” vision system. 
Our programme for launches in 2025 is 
exciting, and we look forward to providing  
an update in due course.
People
2024 was a transformational year for our 
people, nearly doubling the employee base 
through recruitment and acquisition, to 
almost 1,100 people at year-end. The refresh 
of our succession planning processes in the 
first half of the year proved its value with 
the new leadership appointments made in 
response to acquisitions.
We made improvements to our recruitment 
process, reducing the cost of recruitment 
through the introduction of an internal 
recruitment function in key regions. We also 
began the deployment of a Group-wide 
HR Information System, to prepare the 
Group to scale efficiently over the coming 
five-year plan. Our employee engagement 
programme continues to provide the 
backbone to our people initiative, with twice-
yearly surveys ensuring our improvements 
were directed towards the topics that matter 
most to our people.
We also made tremendous progress with 
our Health and Safety programme, making 
a substantial step from reactive to proactive 
management through the SafetyQube 
toolset first introduced in 2023. This 
approach aims to prevent complacency 
from setting into businesses where lost-
time-reporting and major accident rates are 
already very low. In 2024 the team identified 
more than 1,500 opportunities to improve 
the safety of our operations, closing these 
out through preventative actions completed 
during the year.
Clean Energy and Freyr Battery
2024 was a transformational year for 
Freyr Battery, completing the first 
successful unit cell production trials at the 
Customer Qualification Plant (“CQP”) in 
May, demonstrating the full functionality 
of the Casting and Unit Cell Assembly 
machine provided by Mpac. In H2, following 
leadership changes and a re-evaluation of 
their market, Freyr Battery relaunched as 
“T1 Energy” and re-directed investment 
plans from battery to solar. No further 
development is expected with Freyr Battery.
Mpac continues to work with innovative 
customers in the Clean Energy sector. 
The enlarged scale of the Group following 
acquisitions completed in 2024 means 
that Clean Energy now represents a much 
smaller percentage of Group revenues than 
in prior years, and Clean Energy trading 
will be reported as part of “Other” in Group 
segmental analysis.
Operating review continued
2024 was a transformational year  
for our people, nearly doubling the 
employee base through recruitment  
and acquisition, to more than 1,000 
people at year-end. 
02 Strategic report
16
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

In the early months of 2024 we 
published our ESG report. 
The CSi team achieved EcoVadis 
Bronze certification, further 
enhancing the Group performance 
in this measure. 
Environmental,  
Social & Governance
We are committed to continuous 
improvement in our Environmental, Social 
& Governance (‘’ESG’’) performance. 
Sustainability is increasingly important to 
our customers. Our engineered automation 
and packaging solutions provide customers 
with sustainable and environmentally 
sound equipment that support the global 
megatrends of reduction in packaging, 
particularly single-use plastics, reducing 
waste and energy use, and increasing overall 
equipment effectiveness. Our end-to-end 
capabilities help our customers to achieve 
their sustainability goals.
In early 2024 we published our ESG report, 
and later in the year we were delighted to 
see the CSi team achieve EcoVadis Bronze 
certification, further enhancing the Group 
performance in this measure.
Pension Scheme update
In February 2025, we announced the 
conclusion of negotiations with the Trustee 
of the legacy ‘Molins U.K. Pension Fund’ (the 
“Trustee”) in relation to the IAS 19 triennial 
actuarial valuation and associated schedule 
of contributions, undertaken as at 30 June 
2024. The valuation identified an actuarial 
surplus of £21.1m on a technical provisions 
basis (June 2021: actuarial deficit of £28.4m) 
representing a funding level of 107.8%.
Subsequently, the Trustee and the Group 
are investigating options for the transfer of 
the scheme to a third party and will provide 
updates as appropriate.
Outlook
We began 2025 with a strong order book, 
and good prospects in our short-cycle 
Service business, providing the Group with 
good order coverage over the forecast 
revenues in 2025. 
Performance of the acquired businesses is 
encouraging, and includes a strong pipeline 
of new opportunities from existing and new 
blue-chip customers.
The Group continues to closely monitor the 
potential impact of changing tariffs and the 
possibility of a wider economic recession 
in 2025. Sudden changes in economic 
conditions historically have resulted in 
lengthening of some customer decision 
making processes, as customers adjust 
capital investment plans, which we are also 
monitoring. We note that our strong order 
book provides a measure of protection 
against short-term factors, in addition to the 
benefits and opportunities of scale deriving 
from our newly enlarged Group.
The medium and longer-term effect of 
changing tariffs is likely to be an opportunity 
for the Group with increased demand from 
customers re-shoring, increasing their 
domestic production in new and expanded 
production facilities, and with increasing 
levels of automation to offset rising 
production costs. Notably, the expanded 
operational footprint of the Group now 
includes two build facilities in the US, along 
with facilities in Europe, Canada and the UK, 
positioning Mpac well to respond flexibly to 
these long-term trends.
The commercial opportunities from the 
newly enlarged Group are significant and 
the Group remains on track to meet market 
expectations. The Board believes the 
Group’s long-term prospects are strong  
and that the Group is well positioned to 
meet its strategic objectives.
 
Adam Holland 
Chief Executive
28 April 2025
02 Strategic report
17
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Will Wilkins  
Chief Financial 
Officer
Financial review
“The Group again delivered on its 
expectations, delivering a 7% revenue 
increase and a 49% increase in pre-
tax profit, with the closing order book 
at a record level of £118.5m, providing 
excellent coverage over 2025 forecasts.’’
Revenue and operating results
Group revenue of £122.4m (2023: £114.2m) 
represents an increase of 7% compared to 
the previous year. OE revenue increased by 
11% at £91.2m (2023: £82.4m), underpinned 
largely by growth in the Americas and Asia. 
Services revenue decreased marginally to 
£31.2m (2023: £31.8m), largely attributable 
to the Americas and EMEA whilst Asia 
continued to grow.
Overall order intake for the Group grew by 
1% to £119.7m (2023: 118.5m). We made 
good progress with the closing 2024 order 
book which increased to £118.5m (2023: 
£72.5m). The value of the closing order book 
continues to provide excellent coverage 
over the forecast 2025 revenue. We remain 
vigilant to project execution risk and the 
operational efficiency of the business.
As anticipated, revenue and profit before 
tax in H2 2024 were substantially above H1 
2024, supported by the timing of project 
execution through 2024, with full year 
underlying operating profit of £12.0m  
(2023: £7.8m), a 54% increase on 2023  
and in line with market guidance. 
The timing of execution of significant 
projects led to lower working capital and 
improved cash generation during the year, 
though it remains above historical levels
Underlying profit before tax for the year 
of £10.6m (2023: £7.1m), net of third-party 
interest charges of £1.4m (2023: £0.7m), 
was 49% up on 2023 and in line with market 
guidance.
Revenue by region was Americas £60.3m 
(2023: £56.7m), EMEA £46.9m (2023: 
£47.8m) and Asia £15.2m (2023: £9.7m).
Revenue by sector was food & beverage 
£52.1m (2023: £45.8m), healthcare  
£43.7m (2023: £41.6m) and other  
£26.6m (2023: £26.8m).
Individual OE contracts, and, to a lesser 
extent, contracts within the Service 
business, can be large. Accordingly, 
a few significant orders can have a 
disproportionate impact on the growth  
rates seen in individual sectors and  
regions from year to year.
Original equipment
OE order intake of £87.0m (2023: £86.3m) 
was 1% above the prior year due to the stable 
economic conditions in the markets in which 
we serve. OE revenues of £91.2m (2023: 
£82.4m) were 11% ahead of the prior year.
OE revenue generated in the Americas 
region was 10% ahead of the prior year  
at £44.9m (2023: £40.8m). 
In EMEA, OE revenue in the year was 
£33.8m (2023: £34.0m), level with the prior 
year. OE revenue in Asia was £12.5m (2023: 
£7.6m) representing a 64% increase over  
the prior year.
Service
Order intake for the Service division was 
2% up on the prior year at £32.7m (2023: 
£32.2m). Service revenue of £31.2m (2023: 
£31.8m) was 2% below the prior year after 
strong growth in 2023.
Service revenue in the Americas was broadly 
unchanged at £15.4m compared to £15.9m 
in 2023. EMEA revenue in the year was 
£13.1m compared to £13.8m in 2023 and Asia 
revenue in the year was £2.7m compared to 
£2.1m in 2023.
Key Performance Indicators: 
The Group uses a range of measures to monitor 
progress against its strategic and financial 
plans. The key performance indicators are 
presented below:
6.0p
Basic EPS 
(2023: 13.1p)
£3.4m
Profit before tax 
(2023: £4.7m)
2.8%
PBT return on sales 
(2023: 4.1%)
Statutory Key Performance Indicators:  
The statutory measures relating to the underlying Key Performance Indicators above are as follows:
£119.7m
Overall Group order intake 
(2023: £118.5m)
8.7%
Underlying PBT return on sales
(2023: 6.2%)
£35.2p
Underlying EPS
(2023: 26.2p)
£122.4m
Revenue 
(2023: £114.2m)
£10.6m
Underlying profit before tax 
(2023: £7.1m)
02 Strategic report
18
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Operating results
Gross profit was £36.8m (2023: £31.6m) 
and underlying selling, distribution, 
administration costs and other operating 
income were £24.8m (2023: £23.8m).
Underlying operating profit was £12.0m 
(2023: £7.8m). Underlying profit after tax 
was £7.9m (2023: £5.3m) and statutory 
profit for the year was £1.4m (2023: £2.7m).
Non-underlying items merit separate 
presentation in the consolidated income 
statement to allow a better understanding 
of the Group’s financial performance, by 
facilitating comparisons with prior periods 
and assessments of trends in financial 
performance. Pension costs, acquisition-
related items, contract termination costs, 
impairments, reorganisation costs and 
property transactions are considered 
non-underlying items as they are not 
representative of the core trading activities 
of the Group and are not included in the 
underlying profit before tax measure 
reviewed by key stakeholders.
Net financing expenses were £nil (2023: 
income of £0.8m). Tax on underlying profit 
before tax was £2.7m (2023: £1.8m). The tax 
charge on the Group’s profit before tax was 
£2.0m (2023: £2.0m).
Dividends
Having considered the opportunities for 
investment in the growth of the Group, the 
Board has decided that it is not appropriate 
to pay a final dividend. No interim dividend 
was paid in 2024. Future dividend payments 
will be considered by the Board in the 
context of future growth opportunities  
and when the Board believes it is prudent  
to do so.
Cash, treasury and  
funding activities
Cash at the end of the year was £18.2m 
(2023: £11.0m) with £54.8m of borrowings 
drawn (2023: £8.9m). Net cash inflow 
before reorganisation was £5.6m (2023: 
£13.1m) after an increase in working capital 
of £7.4m (2023: decrease in working 
capital of £4.7m) and defined benefit 
pension payments of £2.3m (2023: £2.3m). 
Acquisition and reorganisation costs of 
£1.4m (2023: £0.8m) were paid in the year. 
Net taxation payments were £1.6m (2023: 
£1.1m). Capital expenditure on property, 
plant and equipment was £1.9m (2023: 
£1.1m), and capitalised product development 
expenditure was £3.2m (2023: £1.5m).  
Net current liabilities at the end of the year 
were £26.2m (2023: net current assets 
£15.1m) and net assets at the year end were 
£108.0m (2023: £64.0m).
The Group entered into a three-year funding 
agreement with HSBC in 2024, which 
provides the Group with a £35.0m revolving 
credit facility (“Facility”) to support future 
growth. The Facility also provides several 
other opportunities to proactively manage 
the Group’s cash and ensure that the Group 
is well placed to react to opportunities,  
both organic and acquisition related, as  
they arise. The Group also entered into  
a two-year term-loan agreement for the 
value of £12.0m. The Group utilised £47.0m 
of these combined Facilities in the year.
The Board has been grateful for the strong 
support of its current and new shareholders 
in the year.  The Group completed both an 
equity placement and a retail offer as part 
of the funding for the acquisitions made in 
2024, raising net proceeds of £28.4m at a 
price of £4.00 per share.  Both placement 
and retail offer were substantially over-
subscribed, reflecting the strength of 
the proposition and the enthusiasm for 
supporting the future growth of the Group. 
There were no significant changes during 
Reconciliation of underlying profit before tax to profit before tax
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Underlying profit before tax
10.6
7.1
Non-underlying items
Defined benefit pension scheme –  
other costs and interest
–
0.4
Acquisition costs
(3.5)
–
Reorganisation costs
–
(1.2)
Acquired intangible asset amortisation
(2.1)
(1.6)
Freyr contract termination costs
(0.6)
–
Intangible asset impairment
(1.0)
–
Non-underlying items total
(7.2)
(2.4)
Profit before tax
3.4
4.7
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Revenue (£m)
Underlying profit before tax (£m)
Underlying operating return on sales (%)
Net assets (£m)
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
0
2
4
6
8
10
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
02 Strategic report
19
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

The IAS 19 valuation of the UK scheme’s 
assets and liabilities was undertaken as at 
31 December 2024 and was based on the 
information used for the funding valuation 
work as at 30 June 2024, updated to reflect 
both conditions at the 2024 year end and the 
specific requirements of IAS 19. The smaller 
US defined benefit schemes were valued as 
at 31 December 2024, using actuarial data 
as of 1 January 2023, updated for conditions 
existing at the year end. Under IAS 19  
the Group has elected to recognise all 
actuarial gains and losses outside of the 
income statement.
The IAS 19 valuation of the UK scheme 
resulted in a net surplus at the end of the 
year of £39.4m (2023: £32.2m) which is 
included within the Group’s assets. The value 
of the scheme’s assets at 31 December 
2024 was £275.8m (2023: £309.0m) and the 
value of the scheme’s liabilities was £236.4m 
(2023: £276.8m). Despite the continuing 
volatility in financial markets around the world 
in 2024, the scheme’s protection strategies, 
notably its use of liability driven investments, 
ensured that the surplus was protected.
The IAS 19 valuations of the US pension 
schemes showed an aggregated net deficit 
of £1.5m (2023: £1.8m) with total assets of 
£7.5m (2023: £7.7m).
During the year the Company made 
payments to the UK defined benefit scheme 
of £1.9m (2023: £2.0m).
The UK scheme’s triennial valuation as at  
30 June 2024 reported a surplus of £21.1m. 
The principal terms of the funding agreement 
between the Company and the Fund’s 
Trustees, which is effective until 31 December 
2035, but is subject to reassessment every 
three years, are that the Company will 
continue to pay a sum of £2.0m per annum 
to the scheme escrow account (increasing  
at 2.1% per annum).
Equity
Group equity at 31 December 2024 was 
£108.0m (2023: £64.0m). The movement 
arises mainly from the profit for the year of 
£1.4m, a net actuarial gain in respect of the 
Group’s defined benefit pension schemes  
of £6.2m, changes in the translation reserve 
of £1.6m and the issue of new share capital 
and share premium of £38.2m; all figures 
are stated net of tax where applicable.
Will Wilkins 
Chief Financial Officer
28 April 2025
2024 in the financial risks, principally 
currency risks and interest rate movements, 
to which the business is exposed, and 
the Group treasury policy has remained 
unchanged. The Group does not trade  
in financial instruments and enters into  
derivatives (mainly forward foreign 
exchange contracts) solely for the purpose 
of minimising currency exposures on  
sales or purchases in currencies other  
than the functional currencies of its  
various operations.
Working capital
The Group continues to focus on the high 
levels of working capital across the Group. 
The timing and phasing of project execution 
as well as the acquisition and integration 
of CSi and BCA into the Group has meant 
that working capital closed at £0.4m, 
representing an £12.8m reduction from the 
prior year.
Pension schemes
The Group is responsible for defined benefit 
pension schemes in the UK and the US, in 
which there are no active members.
Financial review continued
02 Strategic report
20
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Principal risks and uncertainties
The Board regularly considers the main risks that the Group faces and how to mitigate those risks. The principal risks and uncertainties  
to which the business is exposed are summarised as follows.
 
Risk
Mitigation
2024 Movement
POLITICAL, ECONOMIC AND MARKET CYCLES 
The Group is potentially affected by global political and 
local and global economic cycles and changes in a number 
of industrial sectors, including Healthcare and Food and 
Beverage industries. Such potential changes include those 
arising as a consequence of changing economic factors 
and volatility, governmental activities, such as escalating 
political tensions, regulation and taxation or as a 
consequence of competitive developments within the 
packaging machinery market.
Customers, suppliers, and Group operations are geographically diverse, and 
the Group sells a range of products and services to a number of industries in all 
parts of the world. Our One Mpac strategy allows the business to flex capacity 
between sites to help mitigate local cycles. 
The usual market cycles have been disrupted by the heightened global 
economic volatility, with shifts in sector demand and new opportunities being 
accelerated. Mpac has benefitted from new opportunities and sought to 
mitigate the impacts where possible, including those from political insecurity 
and protectionism. 
In respect of mitigating against the impact of political unrest, Mpac maintained 
a wide and diverse customer and supplier base which is not dependent upon 
any one jurisdiction and actively manages the production location of its 
equipment to minimise the impact of tariffs.
In respect of mitigating against the impact of competitive disruption, the 
Group actively monitors (via publicly available information) and responds to 
both product and competitor innovation, as well as seeking opportunities for 
acquisitions where aligned to its strategic objectives.
Increasing
The political environment is less secure than in previous 
periods, with changes of regime in the UK, Europe, 
Canada and the US, resulting in delays and changes 
to customer investment intentions. 
The uncertainty experienced in our key markets, most 
notably North America where significant projects have 
been delayed, is expected to continue to be unusually 
volatile throughout 2025 as international trade policies 
are reconsidered.
REGULATORY CHANGE 
The Group may be affected by changes in global or national 
regulations across any of its key sectors, examples of which 
include changes in regulations which significantly change the 
demand for our customer’s products or restrictions upon/
changes to the methods of packaging and distribution. 
The Group may also be affected by changes in regulations 
affecting its manufacturing and distribution processes, 
especially in areas such as health and safety and 
environmental compliance.
The Group’s products are used to produce and package a very wide range of 
products and restrictions or changes to any one product, especially within our 
key sectors where individuals are reliant upon the sector daily, provides some 
mitigation against sudden change.
The Group has extensive knowledge and experience in designing machines to 
accept all kinds of products and packaging materials, including those with the 
lowest environmental impact and machines designed to minimize packaging 
material usage whilst maintaining the customer’s product in perfect condition.
The Group’s operations are closely monitored by internal processes, emergent 
risk reviews and ongoing risk assessments to ensure both regulatory 
compliance and a safe working environment.
Unchanged
The demand for new packaging and innovation in this area 
has continued unabated, to the benefit of the Group.
The proposed new EU Packaging Directive may change 
the packaging market in Europe but represents a positive 
opportunity for Mpac Group as we support our customers 
on their journey to a more sustainable future. 
02 Strategic report
21
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Principal risks and uncertainties continued
Risk
Mitigation
2024 Movement
LOSS OF TRADING PARTNERS
The Group faces the general risk of trading partners, 
including both customers and suppliers, ceasing to operate 
or trade with Mpac; the loss of any such partner could have 
an adverse effect on the Group’s operating results and 
financial condition, including potentially affecting the viability 
of a subsidiary company. A number of customers operate 
in countries which may face a higher degree of political risk 
than others.
The Group has a diversified base of customers. In certain years sales to a 
customer may be more than 15% of Group revenue, although the sales would 
typically be both original equipment and service, and to a number of different 
geographic regions. The Group regularly reviews its trading relationships 
with suppliers with the aim of ensuring that alternative sources of supply 
are available. The expansion of the Group has significantly expanded the 
customer base in the past year, thus reducing the Group’s reliance upon a 
single customer.
Customers – Unchanged Suppliers – Unchanged
The group continues to enjoy a diverse, blue chip customer 
base, so the impact of a loss of a single customer is limited. 
The strength of our customer base has both increased and 
diversified during the period, including from the acquisitions, 
so this risk has decreased. 
The swift change in the value of EV batteries during the year 
did result in the loss of a small number of customers, but this 
was offset through growth elsewhere in the Group.
Suppliers may be at greater risk of failure than our 
customers. The supplier diversification actions have 
continued during 2024, though no material supplier failures 
have been suffered in the period. 
LARGE ONE-OFF PROJECTS
The Group undertakes large, one-off projects for its 
customers each year. Several risks follow from the nature 
of this type of business, including the potential for cost 
over-runs and delays in performing the contract, with a 
consequent impact on cash flows and profits. Also, the 
Group is prone to potentially large fluctuations in business 
levels, as demand can be volatile.
The Group utilises good project management practices, including regular 
technical and commercial reviews of its major projects. Resource capacity is 
regularly reviewed, alongside reviews of order prospects lists.
Our One Mpac strategy allows the business to flex capacity between sites to 
help manage fluctuations in business levels and demand.
Unchanged
The Group has expanded the number of projects it 
undertakes over recent periods and has not accepted any 
larger than usual projects recently, thus reducing the risk of 
a single large project having a material impact, though this is 
offset by the increasing frequency. 
The Group continues to utilise strong contract management 
processes which have ensured that the Group has partially 
mitigated and contained the risks from cost over-runs 
and delays. The Group continues to focus on plans to flex, 
optimise and grow our staff and factory resources to best 
manage expected growth.
LOSS OF A KEY FACILITY
The Group operates a number of sites around the world and 
the loss of any one of them would interrupt a revenue stream 
and could potentially have an adverse effect on the Group’s 
operating results and financial condition.
The Group, and the Group’s customers and suppliers, may 
also be affected by sudden restrictions in global logistics.
Disaster recovery plans are in place for each site. IT infrastructures are 
designed to have minimal inter dependence across the Group, thereby not 
exposing a number of facilities to the failure of one central system.
The diverse locations and common skill sets around the Group, along with the 
Group’s investments in communication technology, means that production 
could be moved from one site to another at short notice if a site or its region 
were unable to function for a period of time.
Unchanged
The Group’s sites have demonstrated considerable 
resilience to remain operational in changing circumstances. 
The acquisitions in the period have further diversified 
the production options around the Group, delivering both 
resilience and cost flexibility.
Appropriate contractual protections continue to be included 
in the Group’s contracts to mitigate the direct financial cost 
of such an event.
02 Strategic report
22
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Risk
Mitigation
2024 Movement
EXCHANGE RATE MOVEMENTS
The majority of the Group’s trading is conducted outside of 
the UK and in currencies other than sterling. Consequently, 
its financial performance is affected by fluctuations in  
foreign exchange rates, particularly as a result of changes  
in the relative values of the US dollar, Canadian dollar, euro, 
and sterling.
The Group has a wide supply base in different countries and monitors the 
relative values of currencies in making purchasing decisions. The Group enters 
into forward foreign exchange contracts to minimise currency exposures on 
sales and purchases in other than the functional currencies of its operations.
Increased
Volatility in the foreign exchange markets markedly increased 
in the second half of 2024 following the US election and has 
continued to fluctuate more than usual since. 
The use of hedging, short quote validity periods and 
matching of supply locations to customers continues to 
mitigate the impact.
IT SECURITY
The Group holds sensitive data relating to its employees, 
customers, and suppliers as well as intellectual property and 
financial data. Should security infringement occur the Group 
risks loss of customers, disruption of normal operations, 
fines, and reputational damage. 
The Group continually reviews the effectiveness of its IT security controls 
in consultation with external experts and invests in industry best practice 
security software. The security arrangements of the Group’s IT assets prevent 
unauthorised access to core IT hardware. IT infrastructures are designed to 
have minimal inter dependence across the Group. Cyber security user training 
is employed as a final line of defence.
Unchanged
The organisation and resource available to malicious actors 
seeking to breach IT security continues to develop rapidly.
The group maintains best practice in this area and there 
has been no significant change in the period. 
AVAILABILITY OF FUNDING
The banking facilities and/or the willingness of investors 
prove insufficient for the needs of the Group to meet its 
growth objectives.
The Group has access to a £35.0m revolving credit facility with HSBC 
committed to September 2027 and a £12.0m Term Loan. These were fully 
drawn in support of the acquisitions during 2024, and the Group maintains 
suitable headroom through the use of cash and overdraft facilities. The Group 
held cash balances of £18.2m at the end of 2024. The Term loan amortises 
quarterly over three years.
The Group received £28.4m of equity funding from its investors during 2024 via 
a placing which was substantially over-subscribed and indicated considerable 
additional appetite for further equity should suitable opportunities arise.
It is considered that the Group has sufficient cash resources to carry on in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future without further drawdown of 
the facility, which thus provides a substantial buffer against the Group being 
constrained by restricted availability of funding. 
Unchanged
The committed HSBC facility plus available free cash 
provide the Group with adequate funding to meet its longer 
term strategic objectives (other than acquisitions) and 
operating capital requirements.
Whilst the level of available facility has reduced in the 
year, the proven potential for further equity funding has 
mitigated this reduction.
02 Strategic report
23
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Principal risks and uncertainties continued
Risk
Mitigation
2024 Movement
LIABILITIES OF THE GROUP SPONSORED 
DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION SCHEMES
The Group is responsible for the funding of a defined benefit 
pension scheme in the UK, which pays a levy to the Pension 
Protection Fund of an amount outside the control of the Group, 
as well as three smaller such schemes in the USA. Changes 
in the value of the liabilities of the pension schemes, which 
were valued in aggregate at £245.4m at 31 December 2024 
in accordance with IAS 19, as a consequence of changes 
in interest rates and mortality rates, amongst others, and 
changes in the value of the assets of the pension schemes, 
which were valued in aggregate at £283.3m at 31 December 
2024, are largely outside the control of the Group. The 
valuation of these schemes impact on the value of capital 
employed in the Group and the extent to which, as a matter 
of law, it has available as distributable profits. 
The triennial actuarial valuation of the UK scheme at 30 June 
2024 identified a pre-tax surplus in the scheme of £21.1m, 
a funding level of 107%, which resulted in the contributions 
being redirected to an escrow account from 1 January 2025.
The Group and the pension schemes implement liability reduction strategies 
where such opportunities exist, and the Group maintains regular dialogue 
with its pension advisors on such matters. Regular meetings are held with 
the trustee of the UK pension scheme, to input into their asset investment 
decisions and to apprise the trustee of the progress of the Group to help 
inform them in making decisions which may impact the scheme funding 
requirements. In particular, the Group and the trustees of the schemes have 
an active programme of risk mitigation for the schemes, including seeking to 
match investments to the underlying liabilities and to provide options for the 
membership which can benefit both themselves and the schemes. The funding 
arrangements for the UK scheme include the diversion of contributions to 
an escrow account once the actuarial valuation exceeds 103% of liabilities to 
ensure a surplus is not trapped in the scheme. However, many factors which 
impact the valuations and funding requirements of the pension schemes are 
outside the control of the Group.
Reduced
The investment strategy of the UK fund has been largely 
derisked to eliminate investment and inflation risk, though 
some asset valuation risk remains. The investment strategy 
of the UK scheme has been largely aligned to 
that employed by insurers.
The UK scheme is currently investigating the availability of 
risk transfer to an insurer, but there is no certainty over the 
eventual outcome of this exercise.
The pension schemes remain at the risk of being affected 
by regulatory changes.
LITIGATION
The Group from time to time may be subject to claims from 
third parties in relation to its current and past operations, 
which could result in legal costs and rulings against it that 
may have a material effect on the Group’s operating results 
and financial condition.
The Group has a comprehensive risk management and review process, 
including contract risk management, which is aimed at minimising the 
risk of such claims arising because of its actions. Insurance policies are in 
place to cover some such incidences and third-party legal assistance is 
sought as required.
Unchanged
No new material litigation in the period. 
SUPPLY CHAIN
Timely, efficient supply of parts and purchased components 
is critical to our ability to deliver to our customers. 
Manufacturing and supply chain continuity is exposed 
to external events that could have significant adverse 
consequences, including natural catastrophes, civil or 
political unrest, changes in regulatory conditions, terrorist 
attacks and disease pandemics – this applies to our own 
manufacturing sites and those of our key suppliers. The 
inability to deliver products/solutions to customers would 
impact financial performance and our reputation.
Business continuity recovery plans are in place. We have undertaken mitigation 
plans for sole-source suppliers, sub-contractors and service providers to 
identify and qualify alternative sources of supply where appropriate.
Reducing
Lead times remain extended, which has extended the 
overall lead times for projects and the conversion of orders 
to cash, though considerable efforts are underway to 
reduce this. The inventory levels are under close review to 
reduce the working capital included within them.
02 Strategic report
24
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Risk
Mitigation
2024 Movement
ETHICAL BREACHES
The Group operates in highly regulated markets requiring 
strict adherence to laws with risk areas including Bribery & 
Corruption, International Trade Laws, Human Rights, Modern 
Slavery and General Data Protection Regulation.
Ethics or compliance breached could cause harm to the 
Group’s reputation, financial performance, customer 
relationships and internal morale.
A Group wide ethics policy, which is reviewed by the Board annually sets out 
the principals that the Board expects all businesses and employees within the 
Group to adhere to.
Unchanged
No concerns raised in the year. 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The Group could fail to deliver contracted solutions and/or fail 
in our contractual execution due to delays, technical issues or 
breaches by our suppliers or other counterparties.
Production delays, quality and warranty issues could all cause 
unexpected losses and could potentially lead to breach of 
contract and expenses due to disputes and claims.
This could lead to loss of customers and reputational damage 
within the industry alongside loss of revenue and profit due 
to higher costs, liquidated damages and/or other penalties.
Contracts are managed and delivered by programme management teams that 
regularly review risks and take appropriate action, including extensive validation 
processes, assessments of execution risks and tight focus upon both contract 
and change management.
Review and approval process for significant and higher-risk contracts in place 
at Group level, including appropriate contract risk management processes prior 
to acceptance.
Diversified nature of the Group mitigates exposure to single contracts.
Unchanged
The stabilisation of both the Group’s supply chains and 
labour supply has reduced the risks to the Group’s ability to 
deliver its contractual obligations.
Expanding range of products and applications increases 
the risk of product delays and/or quality issues.
Our drive for growth can expose us to more onerous 
contractual terms.
SUSTAINABILITY AND CLIMATE CHANGE
The Group’s operations and strategies could be deemed 
by stakeholders and potential investors to fail to comply 
with national and international targets on climate change 
reduction. This could lead to issues with trading and 
employment and financial penalties.
The Group’s products and strategy naturally lend themselves to be well placed 
environmentally. We partner with our customers to drive their packaging 
solutions in a more environmentally friendly manner, and consequently help 
them reduce emissions. 
Increasing
The global focus on Environmental Social and 
Governmental issues is increasing. The challenge is 
demonstrating the Group’s place in combatting these 
issues. Mpac is a low generator of emissions and waste, 
with the greatest potential impact of the Group to reduce 
emissions being in the production of operationally and 
energy efficient machinery.
ACQUISITIONS
The Group has expanded rapidly in 2024 and its strategy 
includes the potential for additional acquisitions in future. 
Should the Group either suffer a failure of due diligence 
prior to acquisition or a failure to successfully integrate 
the acquired businesses, significant shortfalls to either 
the ongoing business performance or assumed synergies 
may arise. 
The Group conducts extensive due diligence through both external third 
parties and through its own staff to ensure the income streams of the acquired 
businesses can be grown in line with the forecasts upon which the acquisitions 
are based. Where appropriate, warranties and representations are sought from 
the vendors, which may be backed by insurance. The Group also plans carefully 
for the integration phase and has, and will continue to, grow its management 
bandwidth to ensure that integrations can be integrated smoothly and the 
forecast synergies obtained. 
Increasing
The rapid growth of the Group over 2024 and the ongoing 
focus upon growth does increase integration risk due 
to the scale of the businesses in the Group where there 
is not extensive corporate knowledge of the business’s 
operations.
02 Strategic report
25
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Section 172 statement
Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 (“S172”) requires the Directors’ to act in good faith and in the way that they consider to be most likely to promote the success of the Company for 
the benefit of its members as a whole and, in doing so, to have regard to the interests of other stakeholders. The Directors should also consider the desirability of maintaining high standards 
of business conduct, the need to act fairly between members of the Company, the impact of the Company’s operations on the community and the environment and the likely long-term 
consequences of their decisions.
In the table below, we set out our key stakeholder groups and how we engage with each of them. Each type of engagement is designed to foster effective and mutually beneficial relationships 
so that we continue to work effectively with our stakeholders.
Stakeholder 
group
How we engage
EMPLOYEES
As at 31 December 2024, we employed 1,037 people in the Group, based in the UK, Canada, the United States, Mexico, the Netherlands, Germany, Romania, Singapore and Malaysia.
Our employees bring a broad range of experience, expertise and perspective to Mpac that contributes to the delivery of our strategic objectives. The Board recognises that 
employees are the cornerstone of the business and develops the Group’s employment policies in line with best practice and providing equal opportunities for all, irrespective 
of gender, age, marital status, sexual orientation, ethnic origin, religious belief or disability. Full and fair consideration is given to applications for employment from people with 
disabilities having regard to their aptitudes and abilities. Every reasonable effort is made to support those who become disabled, either in the same job or, if this is not practicable, 
in suitable alternative work.
Emphasis is placed on training, effective communication and the involvement of employees in the development of the business. During the year, the Group HR Director reviewed 
and implemented a new people strategy for the Group, which will include a five-year strategy to align with the overall business strategy; globally align the Group’s vision, mission and 
values statement; review the communications and engagement plan; update Group objectives; review the reward and benefit structure across the Group; and design and implement 
a new talent acquisition process.
The Board is updated at each Board meeting on health and safety matters. There have been no significant accidents during the year.
SUPPLIERS
The Group has dedicated supplier managers based in both the Americas and EMEA who work closely with its suppliers to ensure that the relationships are productive for all parties.
The Group’s Modern Slavery Act statement was reviewed and updated during the year. The Group Supplier Manual, of which the Modern Slavery Statement is part, also includes the 
Group’s Anti-Bribery and Ethics policies.
The Group’s policy is to pay suppliers in line with its standard terms except where alternative arrangements have been agreed in advance with individual suppliers. The Group does not 
follow any external procurement or payment code. The Group’s trade creditor days outstanding at the year-end were 66.
CUSTOMERS
The Group has good relationships with its customers, some of whom are long-standing.
Regular meetings and discussions are held with the customers to keep them informed of the progress of their projects and for them to provide details of any changes which they 
require to be made mid-project.
COMMUNITIES
We believe that business should be a force for good in the communities in which we operate. We aim to support and inspire our employees to make a difference in their communities.
The responsibility for community engagement is devolved to the local business units. The Group encourages employees to be involved in charitable, educational or other social pursuits 
which contribute to the local community and aids local community projects through organisational support.
Further details on the Company’s strategy and long-term decisions are set out in the Chairman’s introduction and Operating review on pages 4 to 17. Further details of our stakeholder engagement, 
including the impact of the Company’s operations on the environment, are set out in the Directors’ Report on pages 48 to 52.
Ethics policy
The Group’s Ethics policy is reviewed annually and updated as necessary. The policy, which is distributed to every Group employee and is available to view on the Group’s website at www.mpac-group.
com, sets out the values which Mpac seeks to encourage and certain principles governing the way it does business.
The strategic report was approved by the Board and signed by Andrew Kitchingman, Chairman, on 28 April 2025.
02 Strategic report
26
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Corporate
governance
02 Strategic report
27
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Chairman’s corporate governance statement
“We are committed to 
excellence in corporate 
governance, and maintain 
clear policies and practices 
that promote good 
corporate governance.”
As Chairman of the Company, I have pleasure in presenting the Corporate Governance 
Statement for 2024.
The QCA Corporate Governance Code 2018 (“QCA Code”)
Sound governance is fundamental to ensuring that a Company is run effectively and 
responsibly, which assists in a Company’s long-term success. Accordingly, the Board has 
chosen to follow the QCA Code since 2018. The Board is aware that the QCA has introduced 
a new Code which will come into effect for the Company’s 2025 financial year. The Company 
is confident that it will be fully compliant with the 2023 QCA Code from 2025, and has taken 
steps to comply early, carrying out an externally facilitated Board Performance Review in 
2024. The Company is reviewing other changes that may be required, for example, to review 
the Remuneration Policy with a view to requesting shareholder approval at the 2026 AGM. 
Due to the ever-changing nature of corporate governance, there is a need to ensure that 
policies and practices are kept under review to ensure that the Company meets the required 
standards, while also ensuring that these are in line with the growth and overall strategic plan 
for the Company.
The Board considers that the policies, procedures and relevant systems, which have been 
implemented to date, have given us a firm foundation for our governance structure.
The Company believes that during 2024 it has complied with the 10 principles set out within 
the QCA Code as shown in the following table.
Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman
28 April 2025
ANDREW KITCHINGMAN 
CHAIRMAN
02 Strategic report
28
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Principles of the QCA Code
How the Company has complied
Deliver Growth
1.	 Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value for 
shareholders.
The strategic aims and objectives of the Group are set by the Board. The strategy is set out 
on pages 5 to 7 and on the Group’s website.
2.	 Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations.
3.	 Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities, and their implications 
for long-term success.
The Annual General Meeting serves as the perfect opportunity to meet and engage with 
its retail shareholders. When implementing the Group’s strategic aims, the Board takes into 
account expectations of the Company’s shareholders and also its wider stakeholders and 
social responsibilities.
4.	 Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation.
The responsibility for the Group’s internal control and risk management systems also falls 
under the Board’s remit.
The risks faced by the Group are regularly reviewed by the Board, which ensures that 
the mitigation strategies in place are the most effective and appropriate for the Group’s 
operations. The Group regularly reviews and updates its risk register, the principal risks to 
the Group are disclosed on pages 21 to 25 of the Strategic Report.
Maintain a Dynamic Management Framework
5.	 Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair.
In my role as Chairman, I regularly consider the operation of the Board as a whole and the 
performance of the Directors individually. There is a Board performance review carried out 
annually.
6.	 Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, 
skills and capabilities.
Directors attend seminars and industry events from time to time as appropriate to assist 
with training.
All appointments to the Board are on merit, but with due consideration to the need for 
diversity on the Board. Such appointments are made to complement the existing balance of 
skills and experience on the Board.
7.	 Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking continuous 
improvement.
The Board carries out a formal internal review annually in respect of its performance over 
the previous year. The evaluation is informed by detailed questionnaires completed by each 
Director, which are then summarised on an anonymous basis, considered by the Board 
and action taken as appropriate. This year, for the first time, the review was carried out by 
Ceredas, an external provider, in line with guidance included in the 2023 QCA Code.
8.	 Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours.
The Company is committed to the Group operating to the highest standards of ethical 
behaviour. In support of the Group’s business objectives, the Company strives for excellence 
in all it does through five key values: honesty & integrity, respect, empowerment & 
responsibility, delivery of commitments, and open communication. More information about 
the Group’s Ethics Policy is available on the Company’s website.
9.	 Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support 
good decision-making by the Board.
The Company operates an open and inclusive culture and this is reflected in the way that 
the Board conducts itself. The Non-Executive Directors attend the Group’s offices and other 
Group events.
Build Trust
10.	 Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by maintaining a 
dialogue with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders.
The application of the QCA Code is monitored by the Board which will revise its governance 
framework as necessary as the Group evolves.
The Board recognises the importance of maintaining regular dialogue with institutional 
shareholders to ensure that the Group’s strategy is communicated and to understand the 
expectations of our shareholders.
02 Strategic report
29
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Board of Directors
Andrew Kitchingman FCA 
Independent Non-Executive Chairman
Appointment: Andrew joined the Board on 11 May 2016 as a 
Non-Executive Director and was appointed Chairman of the 
Board on 19 April 2018.
Committees: Member of the Audit Committee and the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee.
Skills and experience: Andrew is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, and formerly 
worked in senior positions in corporate finance with a number 
of firms, including KPMG, Hill Samuel, Albert E Sharp, Brewin 
Dolphin and WH Ireland.
Key strengths:
	Strong experience of financial control and good 
corporate governance
	Expertise in equity and debt capital raising
	Mergers & acquisitions
External appointments:
	Chairman of H.C. Slingsby PLC
	Non-Executive Director of Andrew Sykes Group plc
	Chairman of British Board of Agrément 
	Treasurer of Ripon Cathedral
Adam Holland 
Chief Executive Officer
Appointment: Adam joined the Board as Chief Operating 
Officer on 1 November 2022 and was appointed Chief 
Executive Officer on 17 May 2023.
Skills and experience: Adam is a Chartered Engineer and 
Chartered Physicist, with a Masters degree in Natural 
Sciences from the University of Cambridge, and qualifications 
from Warwick Business School UK and the Tuck School 
of Business USA. Adam previously held a number of 
senior executive and company director positions in global 
engineering and technology companies including JCB, 
Siemens and Rolls-Royce plc., and in the space and defence 
sector at AEA Technology plc.
Key strengths:
	Extensive Commercial and Operational experience gained 
from roles based in both the UK and internationally
	Proven track record in business development
	More than 20 years leading businesses to deliver market 
share growth
Will Wilkins 
Chief Financial Officer
Appointment: Will joined the Board as Chief Financial Officer 
on 22 June 2018.
Skills and experience: Will is a Chartered Certified Accountant 
and, prior to his appointment, he held a variety of senior 
positions with the Company, including Group Financial 
Controller, Group Operations Director and a senior project 
director role. He previously held a senior financial position 
at BSH Home Appliances and began his career at Grant 
Thornton in 1992.
Key strengths:
	Extensive experience in improving business systems, 
processes and controls
	More than 25 years’ proven track record as a senior finance 
professional with strong financial reporting discipline
	Cross functional practical experience in operations 
and finance
Doug Robertson  
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointment: Doug joined the Board on 1 November 2018 as 
a Non-Executive Director.
Committees: Chair of the Audit Committee and member of 
the Remuneration and Nomination Committee.
Skills and experience: Doug is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and was Group 
Finance Director of SIG plc until he retired from the role in 
January 2017. Prior to joining SIG, Doug was Group Finance 
Director of Umeco plc and Seton House Group Limited. 
He spent his early career with Williams plc in a variety of 
senior financial and business roles.
Key strengths:
	Extensive multinational financial management experience 
in both public and private companies
	Strategic planning
	Acquisitions and divestments
External appointments:
	Non-Executive Director of Zotefoams plc
Sara Fowler 
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointment: Sara joined the Board on 6 March 2020 as a 
Non-Executive Director.
Committees: Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee and a member of the Audit Committee.
Skills and experience: Sara is a chartered accountant and 
former partner with Ernst & Young (“EY”), a former practising 
member of the Academy of Experts and a CEDR accredited 
mediator. She had been with EY for 30 years, a partner for 
17 years and senior partner for EY Midlands for seven years 
until 30 June 2017. She was on the Board of the Compulsory 
Purchase Association and Chair of the CBI West Midlands.
Key strengths:
	Extensive HR experience gained through her roles at EY 
and as an accredited mediator
	Extensive financial experience
	Experience of developing the skills agenda
External appointments:
	Chair of BHSF Group Limited
Matthew Taylor  
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointment: Matthew joined the Board on 21 October 2021 
as an independent Non-Executive Director.
Committees: Member of the Audit Committee and the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee.
Skills and experience: Matthew has over 20 years of Executive 
and Board of Directors experience within the automotive, 
steel and manufacturing sectors across the world, including 
Belgium, the UK and Hong Kong. He has previously held 
several executive- level roles including CEO of J C Bamford 
Excavators, CEO of Edwards Vacuum and more recently CEO 
of Bekaert SA, a role he held until 2020.
Key strengths:
	Extensive senior executive experience
	Steel and Manufacturing industry experience of over 
20 years
	Strong experience of good corporate governance
External appointments:
	Non-Executive Director of Surface Transforms plc 
	Non-Executive Director of Strip Tinning Holdings plc
02 Strategic report
30
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Left to right: Sara Fowler, Matthew Taylor, Doug Robertson, Adam Holland, Andrew Kitchingman, Will Wilkins.
02 Strategic report
31
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Corporate governance report
Board meetings
The Board has an established schedule of meetings throughout the year, with additional 
meetings convened when required. The Board addresses several recurring items at each 
Board meeting, including strategic, operational (including health & safety) and financial 
performance updates. The Directors maintain a dialogue between Board meetings on a 
variety of matters.
In addition to the regular scheduled Board meetings, a further five adhoc Board meetings 
were held during the year to discuss matters related to the acquisitions of Siga Vision Limited, 
Boston Conveyor and Automation and CSi Palletising. Due to the short notice given for these 
adhoc meetings, not all directors were able to attend each meeting. Directors unable to 
attend received full Board briefing packs and were given the opportunity to provide 
comments to the Chairman and the CEO in advance of the meetings so that their views were 
heard. The table below sets out the attendance record of individual Directors at the Board 
meetings held during 2024:
Directors
Board Meeting 
Attendance
A J Kitchingman
16/17
A P Holland 
17/17
W C Wilkins
16/17
S A Fowler
14/17
D G Robertson
13/17
M G R Taylor
14/17
Composition and independence of the Board
The Board currently consists of six Directors: the Non-Executive Chairman, two Executive 
Directors and three Non-Executive Directors. All the Non-Executive Directors are considered 
independent. Details of each Director’s experience and background are given in their 
biographies on page 30. Their skills and experience are relevant and cover areas including 
financial management and control, capital raising, capital goods industries, banking, 
engineering, strategic planning, business development, mergers and acquisitions and 
international management.
Appointments to the Board and re-election
The Board has delegated the tasks of reviewing Board composition, searching for appropriate 
candidates and making recommendations to the Board on candidates to be appointed as 
Directors to the Remuneration & Nomination Committee. Further details on the role of the 
Remuneration & Nomination Committee may be found on pages 40 to 47. All Directors 
will offer themselves for annual re-election, in accordance with best practice in corporate 
governance. The Board considers all Directors to be effective and committed to their roles.
Division of responsibilities
The Chairman and Chief Executive have separate, clearly defined roles. The Chairman leads 
the Board and is responsible for its overall effectiveness in directing the Company, and the 
Chief Executive is responsible for implementing the Group’s strategy and for its operational 
performance.
Executive Directors
The Executive Directors are full-time employees of the Company and have entered into 
service agreements with the Company. Neither Executive Director holds an external non-
executive directorship.
Our Board and Committee structure 
The Board delegates certain responsibilities to its Committees, so that it can operate efficiently and give an appropriate level of attention and consideration to relevant 
matters. The Company has an Audit Committee and a combined Remuneration and Nomination Committee, both of which operate within a scope and remit defined by 
specific terms of reference determined by the Board. The Annual Report includes a report from each of these Committees and describes the work each Committee has 
undertaken during the year. All of the Board Committees are authorised to obtain, at the Company’s expense, professional advice on any matter within their Terms of 
Reference and to have access to sufficient resources in order to carry out their duties.
Chairman
The Board
Company 
Secretary
Remuneration and  
Nomination Committee
Audit Committee
Executive Committee
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Commercial Officer
Group Services Director
Group Innovation Director
Corporate Development Director
Group HR Director
02 Strategic report
32
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Non-Executive Directors
Each of the Non-Executive Directors has entered into a letter of appointment with the 
Company, which sets out the duties of the Director and the time commitment expected. 
They are expected to commit at least 24 days per annum to their role and are specifically 
tasked with:
	bringing independent judgement to bear on issues put to the Board;
	 applying their knowledge and experience in considering matters such as strategy, company 
performance, use of resources and standards of conduct; and
	ensuring high standards of financial probity and corporate governance.
The Board delegates certain responsibilities to its Committees, so that it can operate 
efficiently and give an appropriate level of attention and consideration to relevant matters. 
The Company has an Audit Committee and a combined Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee, both of which operate within a scope and remit defined by specific Terms of 
Reference determined by the Board.
These Terms of Reference are available on the Company’s website. The Annual Report 
includes a report from each of these Committees describing the work each Committee has 
undertaken during the year. All of the Board Committees are authorised to obtain, at the 
Company’s expense, professional advice on any matter within their Terms of Reference and 
to have access to sufficient resources in order to carry out their duties.
How the Board operates
The Board is responsible for:
	developing Group strategy, business planning, budgeting and risk management;
	monitoring performance against budget and other agreed objectives;
	setting the Group’s values and standards, including policies on employment, health and 
safety, environment and ethics;
	relationships with shareholders and other major stakeholders;
	determining the financial and corporate structure of the Group (including financing and 
dividend policy);
	major investment and divestment decisions, including acquisitions, and approving material 
contracts; and
	Group compliance with relevant laws and regulations.
The Board retains control of certain key decisions through the schedule of Matters Reserved 
for the Board. Anything falling outside of the schedule of Matters Reserved for the Board or 
the Committee Terms of Reference falls within the responsibility and authority of the Chief 
Executive Officer, including all executive management matters. Day-to-day management 
of the Company’s business is delegated to the Executive Directors and in turn to senior 
members of the leadership team in accordance with a clear and comprehensive statement of 
delegated authorities.
The Board meets at regular intervals and met 17 times during the year. Directors also have 
contact on a variety of issues between formal meetings and there is also contact with the 
Executive Leadership Team of the Group. An agenda and accompanying detailed papers, 
covering key business; governance issues; and reports from the Executive Directors and 
other members of senior management, are circulated to the Board in advance of each Board 
meeting. All Directors have direct access to senior management should they require additional 
information on any of the items to be discussed. A calendar of matters to be discussed at each 
meeting is prepared to ensure that all key issues are captured.
At each meeting, the Board reviews comprehensive financial and trading information produced 
by the management team and considers the trends in the Company’s business and its 
performance against strategic objectives and plans. It also regularly reviews the work of its 
formally constituted standing Committees as described below and compliance with the Group’s 
policies and obligations.
All Directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board and any Committees of which 
they are members, and to devote sufficient time to the Company’s affairs to fulfil their duties 
as Directors. Where Directors are unable to attend a meeting, they are encouraged to submit 
any comments on paper to be considered at the meeting to the Chairman in advance to 
ensure that their views are recorded and taken into account during the meeting.
Directors are encouraged to question and voice any concerns they may have on any topic 
put to the Board for debate. The Board is supported in its work by Board Committees, 
which are responsible for a variety of tasks delegated by the Board. There is also an 
Executive Committee composed of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, 
and representatives from senior management whose responsibilities are to implement the 
decisions of the Board and review the key business objectives and status of projects.
The main activities of the Board during the year
During the year, the majority of the meetings were held in-person, with five meetings taking 
place via video conferencing.
There are a number of standing and routine items included for review on each Board agenda. 
These include the Chief Executive Officer’s trading update, a health and safety report, 
operations reports, financial reports, governance and investor relations updates. In addition, 
key areas put to the Board for consideration and review this financial year included:
	approval of annual and half-year report and financial statements;  
	dividend strategy;
	review and approval of budget;
	strategy review and its implementation; 
	going concern and cash flow; 
	people strategy;
	review of pension arrangements;
	investor relations; and
	acquisitions and integration.
02 Strategic report
33
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Corporate governance report continued
External advisers
The Board seeks advice on various matters from its nominated adviser Shore Capital, 
joint-broker Panmure Liberum Capital, and other advisers as appropriate. 
Development, information and support
Directors keep their skillset up to date with a combination of attendance at industry events, 
individual reading and study, and experience gained from other Board roles. The Company 
Secretary ensures the Board is aware of any applicable regulatory and governance changes 
and developments and updates the Board as and when relevant.
Directors are able to take independent professional advice in the furtherance of their duties, 
if necessary, at the Company’s expense. Directors also have direct access to the advice 
and services of the Company Secretary. The Company Secretary supports the Chairman 
in ensuring that the Board receives the information and support it needs to carry out its 
role effectively.
Conflicts of interest
Under the Company’s Articles, the Directors may authorise any actual or potential conflict 
of interest a Director may have and may impose any conditions on the Director that are felt 
to be appropriate. Directors are not able to vote in respect of any contract, arrangement or 
transaction in which they have a material interest and they are not counted in the quorum. 
A process is in place to identify and monitor any of the Directors’ potential or actual conflicts 
of interest.
Performance evaluation
The Chairman considers the operation of the Board and performance of the Directors on an 
ongoing basis as part of his duties and will bring any areas of improvement he considers are 
needed to the attention of the Board. Until this year, the Board has carried out an internal 
evaluation each year in respect of its performance over the previous year. In line with changes 
to the QCA Code, which will become effective from the 2025 reporting year, the Board made 
the decision to conduct an externally facilitated Board Performance Review for the first time in 
2024. The intention is that in accordance with best practice, the Board will periodically carry out 
externally facilitated reviews, with internal reviews carried out in the intervening years.
The Board appointed Ceredas Limited, to carry out the externally facilitated evaluation in 
2024. Ceredas Limited does not have any connection with the Group nor with the individual 
Directors. 
The evaluation involved a combination of one-to-one interviews with the Directors and 
Company Secretary, review of Board papers, minutes and terms of reference of the Board and 
its Committees and observation of Board and Committee meetings held on 18 October 2024. 
The results of the evaluation were shared with the Board in December 2024 and discussed at 
their meeting in February 2025.
The evaluation confirmed that the Board was operating effectively with good quality 
relationships between the directors and well-established governance processes. Ceradas 
made a number of recommendations (including reviewing the Board’s Committees structures 
and Board Reporting formats) for further enhancing the Board’s governance processes and 
approach. These recommendations are currently being reviewed and considered by the Board 
and an update will be provided in the Company’s 2025 Annual Report. 
Accountability
The Company has in place a system of internal financial controls commensurate with its 
current size and activities, which is designed to ensure that the possibility of misstatement 
or loss is kept to a minimum. These procedures include the preparation of management 
accounts, forecast variance analysis and other ad-hoc reports. There are clearly defined 
authority limits throughout the Group, including matters reserved specifically for the Board.
Risk management and internal control
Risks throughout the Group are considered and reviewed on a regular basis. Risks are 
identified and mitigating actions put into place as appropriate.
Principal risks identified are set out in the Strategic report on pages 21 to 25. Internal control 
and risk management procedures can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement. The internal control procedures were in place throughout the 
financial year and up to the date of approval of this report.
Financial and business reporting
The Board seeks to present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Group’s 
position and prospects in all half-year, final and any other ad-hoc reports, and other 
information as may be required from time to time. The Board receives a number of reports, 
including those from the Audit Committee, to enable it to monitor and clearly understand the 
Group’s financial position.
Business ethics
The Board is committed to the Group operating to the highest standards of ethical behaviour. 
The Group’s Ethics policy sets out certain principles that the Board expects all businesses 
within the Group to adhere to and certain values that should be embodied in the day-to-day 
activities of the Group. It expects all employees of the Group, led by the members of the 
Board and the Group’s senior management, to encourage and support all other employees in 
acting in accordance with the policy. In support of this policy and its principles, the Board has 
published guidance in the Group Ethics policy, which is available on the Company’s website at 
www.mpac-group.com/group-policies.
Whistleblowing
The Company has a whistleblowing procedure, details of which are provided to all employees. 
Staff may report any suspicion of fraud, financial irregularity or other malpractice to a senior 
manager, Executive Director, or an independent helpline. The policy is reviewed by the Audit 
Committee every year and updated as required. Details of any matters raised under this 
procedure are reported to the Audit Committee. 
02 Strategic report
34
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Shareholders
The Company welcomes contact with its shareholders and they can contact the Company 
via the Investors section of the website. Directors are available to discuss any matters 
that shareholders might wish to raise. They maintain communication with institutional 
shareholders, other investors and analysts through meetings, particularly following publication 
of the Group’s interim and full-year preliminary results. The Board also regularly receives 
copies of analysts’ and brokers’ briefings.
The Company strives to provide a clear, balanced and comprehensive level of information 
and written material. The Company maintains a corporate website, which contains regularly 
updated regulatory and other information.
The Annual Report and Accounts is a key communication document and is also available 
on the Company’s website. The Company also issues both statutory and non-statutory 
regulatory news announcements throughout the year to update on financial, operational 
and other matters. The Company offers its larger shareholders, either directly or via its 
brokers, face-to-face meetings on a bi-annual basis at a minimum to present and discuss 
performance and other matters and obtain any feedback. These meetings are hosted by 
the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Company also hosts 
a briefing for analysts, arranged by the Company’s financial public relations adviser, twice 
a year to coincide with the announcement of its half-year and full-year financial results to 
present and discuss the same matters.
Annual General Meeting (AGM)
All shareholders are encouraged to attend the AGM at which the Group’s activities will be 
considered and questions answered. The Directors are available to listen to the views of 
shareholders informally immediately following the AGM.
This year’s AGM will be held on Thursday 12 June 2025. The Notice of Annual General 
Meeting is set out on pages 113 to 117 and will be available on the Company’s website at 
www.mpac-group.com. Separate resolutions are provided on each issue so that they can 
be given proper consideration.
Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman
28 April 2025
02 Strategic report
35
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Audit Committee report
Dear Shareholders,
I am pleased to present my report as Chair of the Audit Committee for the year ended 31 
December 2024. In this Report I have sought to provide investors and other stakeholders with 
an understanding of the approach that the Audit Committee (the “Committee”) has taken to 
provide assurance over the 2024 Annual Report and Accounts. The Statement of Directors 
responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report can be found on page 53.
The Committee has continued to play a key role within the Group’s governance framework 
to support the Board in matters relating to financial reporting, internal control and risk 
management. It has focused on ensuring that the interests of the shareholders are properly 
protected in relation to the Group’s financial reporting and internal control by challenging 
the decisions and approach taken by management relating to the content, judgements and 
disclosures within the Company’s financial statements.
The Board directs the Committee to advise on whether the Annual Report is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.
The Committee receives reports from management covering the key areas of estimation and 
judgement underpinning the financial statements and ensures that the related disclosures 
reflect supporting information. It challenges management to explain and justify their 
interpretation. The Committee is supported in this by the external auditors who present their 
findings to the shareholders in the Independent Auditor’s Report.
The Committee is responsible for ensuring that the relationships between management, the 
external auditors and the Committee are appropriate and provides information on how the 
Committee assesses the independence of the external auditors in the Audit Committee Report.
As Chair I ensure that the Committee’s agenda is kept under review and that the Committee 
is aware of relevant developments. As an externally facilitated Board Performance Review was 
carried out during the year, a separate internal evaluation of the Committee’s performance 
was not undertaken in 2024. Whilst the externally facilitated review did not specifically focus 
on the Committee’s performance, no key actions arose relating to the Committee as a result 
of the review. An internal evaluation of the Committee’s performance will be carried out in 
2025 and the results reported in the 2025 Annual Report.
Doug Robertson 
Chair of the Audit Committee
Audit committee report
The Committee met four times during 2024 and the following served as members during 
the year.
Committee member
Meeting attendance
Doug Robertson – Chair
4/4
Andrew Kitchingman
4/4
Sara Fowler
4/4
Matthew Taylor
4/4
The following regularly attend meetings:
	the Executive Directors
	the Group Financial Controller
	representatives from the external auditors, PKF Littlejohn LLP (“PKF”)
Other members of the management team may also be asked to attend meetings for 
discussion on specific issues. The Committee also meets with the external auditors at least 
twice each year without management being present and the Chair also has private meetings 
with the audit partners at least twice per year.
The Committee is authorised to seek legal or other independent professional advice as it sees 
fit but has not done so during the year.
The qualifications of Committee members are outlined in the Directors’ biographies on page 
30. The members of the Committee are all independent non-executive directors. In addition 
to having extensive business experience as detailed in their biographies, members of the 
Committee also have extensive financial experience as recommended by the QCA Audit 
Committee Guide.
Main responsibilities of the Committee
	Reviewing the financial statements and announcements relating to the financial 
performance of the Company, including reporting to the Board on the significant issues 
considered by the Committee in relation to the financial statements and how these 
were addressed;
	Reviewing the scope and results of the annual audit and reporting to the Board on the 
effectiveness of the audit process and how the independence and objectivity of the auditors 
have been safeguarded;
	Reviewing the scope, remit and effectiveness of the internal audit function and the Group’s 
internal control and risk management systems;
	Reviewing significant legal and regulatory matters;
	Overseeing the Company’s relations with the external auditor;
	Reviewing matters associated with the appointment, terms, remuneration, independence, 
objectivity and effectiveness of the external audit process and reviewing the scope and 
results of the audit;
“I am pleased to present 
my report as Chair of 
the Audit Committee 
for the year ended 
31 December 2024.”
DOUG ROBERTSON 
CHAIR OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
02 Strategic report
36
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

	Reviewing the whistleblowing policy on an annual basis;
	Reporting to the Board on how the Committee has discharged its responsibilities; and
	An assessment of the risk management process including the identification of key risks 
and the monitoring and mitigation thereof.
The Terms of Reference for the Audit Committee can be found on www.mpac-group.com. 
Activities during the year
A summary of the Committee’s principal activities in 2024 is set out below:
	Review the draft Annual Report and Accounts 2023 and draft preliminary results 
announcement
	Consideration of the effectiveness of the external audit process
	Review of the half-year results announcement and review of external auditor’s 
memorandum
	Review of Going Concern
	Consideration of and approval of external audit fee quotation for 2024 
	Review and approval of the external audit plan for 2024 including the approach to auditing 
the newly acquired companies;
	Review and approval of the non-audit work policy
	Review of internal controls and risk management systems, including the 2024 internal 
audit plan
	Review of Group principal risks and uncertainties
External auditor
PKF Littlejohn LLP was appointed as the Company’s auditor at the annual general meeting on 
17 May 2023 and was re-appointed at the annual general meeting held on 15 May 2024.
The Committee monitors the relationship with PKF to ensure that auditor independence and 
objectivity are maintained. They assess auditor independence by obtaining assurances from 
PKF that all partners and staff involved are independent of any links to the Company and 
confirmation that all partners and staff comply with their ethics and independence policies 
and procedures which are fully consistent with the FRC’s Ethical Standard.
Policies for non-audit services and engagement of former 
employees of the external auditor
The Committee has in place policies that are reviewed annually relating to the employment 
of former employees of the external auditor and the engagement of the auditor, or advisers 
related to the auditor, on non-audit services which provide that the external auditor will 
not undertake any non-audit related work other than tax compliance or half year reporting 
services. These policies, which have been adopted formally by the Board, require, inter alia, 
the Committee’s consent to any engagements or employment, with appropriate confirmation 
of independence from the auditor.
Financial reporting
The primary role of the Committee in relation to financial reporting is to review with both 
management and the external auditors, and report to the Board the appropriateness of, the 
annual and half-year financial statements, considering amongst other matters:
	Clarity of the disclosures and compliance with financial reporting standards and relevant 
financial and governance reporting requirements;
	Areas in which significant judgements have been applied, including discussions on such 
matters undertaken with the external auditors; and
	Whether the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy.
In addition to the above, the Committee supports the Board in completing its assessment of 
the adoption of the going concern basis of preparing the financial statements. The Committee 
performed a robust review of the process and underlying assessment of the Group’s longer-
term prospects made by management. These included:
	The review period and its alignment with the Group’s strategic plans;
	The assessment of the prospects of the Group after consideration of the Group’s principal 
risks, current financial position, and ability to generate cash; and
	The modelling of the financial impact of additional key scenarios which encompass the 
potential impact of crystallisation of one or more of the principal risks.
02 Strategic report
37
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Audit Committee report continued
Significant issues considered by the Committee
The Committee reviews accounting papers prepared by management that provide details of 
significant financial reporting issues, together with reports from the external auditor prepared 
in conjunction with the interim and full-year results.
The significant issues considered by the Committee in respect of the period ended 
31 December 2024 are set out on the following table.
Significant issue/accounting 
judgement identified
How it was dealt with
Revenue recognition, the 
application of IFRS 15 and 
accounting for the significant 
judgements around open 
contracts
The valuation of contracts is carefully monitored throughout 
the year, utilising both accounting data and inputs from 
all aspects of the business, to ensure contracts are 
always valued appropriately, with particular attention paid 
to contractual changes made in the course of contract 
performance.
Acquisition accounting
The Group carefully reviewed the valuation of the tangible 
assets acquired as part of the transactions in the year and 
ensured that the Group’s accounting policies were applied 
from the point of acquistion. An external, independent, firm 
of accountants, Crowe, valued intangible assets and goodwill.
Carrying value of goodwill and 
acquired intangible assets
The Group conducts extensive forecasting and stress 
testing exercises to review the carrying value of goodwill and 
acquired intangible assets in line with the strategic plans to 
ensure that the values are supportable.
Pension accounting
External experts are used on an ongoing basis to value the 
schemes in line with IAS19 and ensure a consistent and 
appropriate level of disclosure.
Capitalisation and carrying 
value of internally developed 
intangible assets
Detailed reviews of assets developed internally are 
undertaken internally by the Group, including engineering, 
commercial and innovations staff, to ensure capitalisation 
occurs where the criteria in IAS38 are met and that the 
carrying values of assets capitalised in prior periods are 
valued appropriately. 
Going concern and business 
disruption
The Group conducts extensive forecasting and stress testing 
exercises for multiple scenarios, including market disruption, 
currency volatility and project uncertainty, the results of 
which are reviewed regularly by the Board, including both 
realistic worst-case scenarios and tests to determine what 
would be required to challenge the going concern basis.
Assessing the Annual Report
The Committee has the responsibility to assess whether the Annual Report, taken as a 
whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for the 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position on performance, business model and strategy.
The Committee made this assessment by:
	Reviewing key messages proposed for the Annual Report;
	Reviewing copies of the Annual Report at various stages during the drafting process 
to ensure the key messages were being followed and were aligned with the Company’s 
position, performance and strategy being pursued and that the narrative sections of the 
Annual Report were consistent with the financial statements;
	Ensuring that all key events and issues that had been reported to the Board in the executive 
Board reports during the year had been appropriately referenced or reflected within the 
Annual Report;
	Reviewing how alternative performance measures were used in the Annual Report, ensuring 
completeness and accuracy of definitions, consistency of use, relevance to users of the 
Annual Report and balance with statutory metrics; and
	Considering reports produced by both management and the external auditors on principal 
matters and judgements in areas underpinning the financial statements.
Internal audit
The Committee considers annually how the internal audit function operates in the Group, 
including its Terms of Reference and whether this gives sufficient assurance that the 
business and controls of the Group are reviewed adequately.
The Committee also approves the internal audit work plan each year. This function is part of 
the Group’s finance department and its senior member reports to the Committee at each 
meeting on its activities and has direct access to the Chair as required.
Internal audit reports are produced following a site visit and completion of an internal control 
questionnaire, providing details of how the internal controls are being followed and what 
areas, if any, need improving and amending as appropriate.
02 Strategic report
38
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Risk management and internal controls
The Committee is responsible for reviewing the systems of risk management and internal 
control and has reviewed management’s progress in implementing and maintaining such 
control systems during the year. The Committee is satisfied that the internal control systems 
are operating effectively.
The Board has taken, and will continue to take, appropriate measures to ensure that the 
chances of financial irregularities occurring are reduced as far as reasonably possible by 
improving the quality of information at all levels in the Group, fostering an open environment 
and ensuring that financial analysis is rigorously applied. Any system of internal control can, 
however, only provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against material misstatement 
or loss.
The major elements of the system of internal control are as follows:
	major commercial, strategic and financial risks are formally identified, quantified and 
assessed during the annual budgeting exercise and presented to and discussed with 
executive directors, after which they are considered by the Board;
	there is a comprehensive system of planning, budgeting, reporting and monitoring. This 
includes monthly management reporting and monitoring of performance and forecasts. 
Monthly reviews are embedded in the internal control process and cover each principal 
site. Monthly reviews require the Executive Leadership Team to consider, among other 
things, business development, financial performance against budget and forecast, health 
and safety and capital expenditure proposals, as well as a review of longer-term business 
development and all other aspects of the business. In addition, quarterly business reviews 
are carried out at each principal site and are attended by the executive directors and local 
management teams as appropriate;
	there is an organisational structure with clearly defined lines of responsibility and delegation 
of authority;
	each site is required to comply with defined policies, financial controls and procedures and 
authorisation levels which are clearly communicated;
	a programme of internal control reviews and specific investigations is carried out. These 
are followed up during regular executive management visits. The internal control reviews 
include assessments of compliance with Group policies and procedures and findings are 
reported to the Committee and Board as appropriate;
	a formal risk management audit is regularly carried out by Group personnel and external risk 
management consultants, which covers physical damage, environmental and health and 
safety risks together with business continuity issues; and
	Formal reports including recommendations are sent to each site for action and reported 
back to Group management. Progress reports are issued to the Board for review and 
monitoring.
Whistleblowing
The Group has in place a Whistleblowing policy which details the formal process by which 
an employee of the Group may, in confidence, raise concerns about possible improprieties in 
financial reporting or other matters.
Whistleblowing is an annual item on the Committee’s agenda, and any reported incidents will 
be notified to the Committee. During 2024, there were no reported incidents.
Doug Robertson 
Chair of the Audit Committee 
28 April 2025
02 Strategic report
39
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Remuneration and Nomination Committee report
As Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee (“the Committee”), I am pleased to 
present the Committee’s report, which is presented in three sections: the Committee Report, 
the Remuneration Report and the Remuneration Policy.
The Remuneration report, on pages 41 to 42, details the amounts earned by the Directors in 
respect of the period to 31 December 2024 and is subject to an advisory shareholder vote.
Committee report
Committee Composition and Meetings
The Committee’s members are the independent Non-Executive Directors, whose biographies 
are set out on page 30.
The Terms of Reference of the Committee requires that it meets at least twice a year. During 
2024, the Committee met five times and the table below sets out the attendance record of 
each member of the Committee:
Member
Meeting attendance
Sara Fowler
5/5
Andrew Kitchingman
5/5
Doug Robertson
5/5
Matthew Taylor
5/5
Additionally, the Chief Executive Officer and Human Resources Director are invited to attend 
meetings as necessary.
Duties and Terms of Reference
The duties of the Committee are as set out in its Terms of Reference which is available on the 
Company’s website at www.mpac-group.com.
The Committee deals with all aspects of remuneration of the Executive Directors and certain 
senior managers, and in identifying and nominating members of the Board.
The Committee undertook the following main items of business during the year: 
	reviewed the structure of the Long-Term Incentive Plan for 2024 awards onwards;
	reviewed the performance of the executive management incentive scheme against their 
2023 objectives and approved bonus payments;
	approved executive management pay increases;
	set 2024 objectives and performance metrics for the executive management 
incentive scheme;
	reviewed the 2023 performance against the Long-Term Incentive Plan performance target; 
	supported the recruitment process for a Chief Operating Officer; and
	board and senior management succession planning.
Committee Evaluation
As an externally facilitated Board Performance Review was carried out during the year, 
a separate internal evaluation of the Committee’s performance was not undertaken in 
2024. Whilst the externally facilitated review did not specifically focus on the Committee’s 
performance, one of the key actions arising from the review was to separate the Committee’s 
roles regarding remuneration and nomination and establish a separate Nomination 
Committee. Further information on progress towards this action is included on page 34 
of the Corporate Governance Report.
Appointment of Chief Operating Officer and Group Services Director
At the time Adam Holland was appointed CEO, the Committee agreed that the Chief 
Operating Officer (“COO”) role be left vacant whilst Adam established himself in role and 
reviewed the skills and experience required by the Group. After Adam had been in role for 
more than a year, consideration was given to when it would be appropriate to appoint a Chief 
Operating Officer (“COO”) to support Adam in his role as CEO. Following the successful 
acquisitions of BCA and CSi, it was felt the time was right to recruit to the COO vacancy so 
that the appointed individual could oversee and drive forward the operational integration 
required for the enlarged Group.
Following interviews by management, the Committee met with and interviewed the two final 
candidates, one of whom was internal. Whilst it was agreed the COO would not be appointed 
as a member of the Board, the Committee supported the CEO’s decision to appoint Steve 
Blair as COO. Steve started in role in January 2025.
The Committee also provided advice and guidance to management on the creation of, and 
appointment to, a new Group Services Director role. 
“I am pleased to present 
the Committee’s report 
which is presented 
in three sections: the 
Committee Report, the 
Remuneration Report and 
the Remuneration Policy.”
SARA FOWLER 
CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION 
AND NOMINATION COMMITTEE 
02 Strategic report
40
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Diversity policy
The Group values diversity among its employees. In their day-to-day behaviour, 
employees are expected not to discriminate in their relationships with each other and 
with customers, suppliers and other business partners, and also to encourage others to 
behave in a proper manner.
Employment and promotion opportunities will be offered on the basis of merit regardless 
of race, colour, religion, age, gender, sexual orientation, disability and/or national origin. 
The Group aims to ensure freedom from harassment and bullying for all employees. It is 
the responsibility of each employee to act in non-discriminatory ways at all times and if an 
employee sees an example of possible discrimination, harassment or bullying taking place 
to bring those concerns to the attention of the Group’s management.
2024 Remuneration report
Directors’ total remuneration
The remuneration of the Executive Directors for 2024 is made up as follows:
Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure (audited)
2024
Salary 
£000
All 
benefitsa 
£000
Short-term 
incentive 
schemeb 
£000
Discretionary 
share schemec 
£000
Pensiond 
£000
Total 
£000
2023 
Totale 
£000
A P Holland
322
20
50
50
76
518
563
W C Wilkins
224
20
40
40
51
375
374
a	 Benefits include: Executive Directors – car allowance payments, income replacement insurance and 
private medical cover.
b	 The performance criteria for the short-term incentive scheme is described in the Remuneration policy on 
page 43.
c	 The discretionary share scheme is described below.
d	 The values are the amounts contributed by the Company into the Company’s Personal Pension Plans for 
the Executive Directors.
e	 A bonus payment of £150,000 was made to Dr Steels, a previous director of the Company, in respect of his 
performance in 2023. 
 
Mr Holland’s salary was increased to align with the previous Chief Executive Officer with 
effect from 1 February 2024. Mr Holland and Mr Wilkins received a 4% pay increase in line 
with the average pay increase awarded to employees in the UK with effect from 1 April 2024. 
The 2024 bonus awards for Mr Holland and Mr Wilkins were based upon the achievement 
of certain functional and personal targets, totalling 31% of salary for Mr Holland and 36% of 
salary for Mr Wilkins.
The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors for 2024 is made up as follows:
Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure (audited)
2024
Fees 
£000
All taxable 
benefits 
£000
Total 
£000
2023 
Total 
£000
A J Kitchingman
90
–
90
86
D G Robertson
60
–
60
57
S A Fowler
60
–
60
57
M G R Taylor
60
–
60
58
Directors’ interests in shares (unaudited)
The beneficial interests of Directors holding office at 31 December 2024 and persons connected 
with them in the ordinary shares of the Company (excluding share options) were as follows:
Held at  
1 January  
2024
Acquired in  
the year
Held at  
31 December  
2024
A Holland 
12,680
5,000
17,680
W C Wilkins
86,194
5,000
91,194
M G R Taylor
18,000
5,000
23,000
A J Kitchingman
13,133
2,500
15,633
S Fowler
10,000
5,000
15,000
No Director holds, or held at any time during the year, a beneficial interest in the Company’s 
preference shares. There were no changes in the Directors’ interests in shares between 
31 December 2024 and 28 April 2025.
Discretionary share scheme (audited)
The Remuneration Committee and the Board undertook a review of the incentives provided to 
the Executive Directors and observed that, especially at the commencement of their tenure, 
there was limited alignment between the interests of the shareholders and the Executive 
Directors. In addition, the Remuneration Committee determined that the overall incentive 
outcome did not adequately reflect the transformation of the Group in 2024. For these reasons, 
the Remuneration Committee, with the agreement of the Board, have recommended that the 
following share awards are made in May 2025 in relation to 2024:
2024
Total 
£000
2023 
Totald 
£000
A Holland 
50
–
W C Wilkins
40
–
Shares awarded under this scheme will be required to be held for a period of two years, 
except to the extent that shares may be sold to meet any personal tax arising on the award.
Incentive scheme – Deferred share plan (audited)
No award under the Deferred share plan was made in 2024.
02 Strategic report
41
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Remuneration and Nomination Committee report continued
Long Term Incentive Plan (audited)
Conditional grants under the LTIP are made on an annual basis. Details of conditional grants of Mpac Group plc ordinary shares under the LTIP for each Director who held office during the year 
and who is eligible to participate in the plan are as follows:
Date of award
End of three-year 
performance period
Number of shares
Face value 
at grant (£000)
% of salary
Lapsed
Exercised
Balance
A Holland
9 April 2024
31 Dec 2026
123,711
541
163
–
–
123,711
2 May 2023
31 Dec 2025
192,124
452
180
–
–
192,124
W C Wilkins
9 April 2024
31 Dec 2026
56,357
246
109
–
–
56,357
2 May 2023
31 Dec 2025
76,849
181
83
–
–
76,849
10 June 2022
31 Dec 2024
37,548
163
79
(37,548)
–
–
The face value of the 2024 awards are calculated based on the closing share price on the day of grant, being 437.5p. 60% of the shares are anticipated to vest under the 2024 awards. No shares 
are anticipated to vest under the 2023 awards.
No shares were awarded to any participant of the 2022 scheme.
Performance Conditions
For the 2022 award:
Metric
Weighting
Performance condition
Threshold 
target
Stretch 
target
EPS
70%
Cumulative Underlying EPS to exceed 180p over the three-year period to vest in full. Vesting is reduced to 20% on a pro-rata basis 
if cumulative Underlying EPS is 140p over the three-year period and is reduced to nil if it fails to reach 140p.
140p
180p
ROCE
30%
Average ROCE to exceed 40% over the three-year period to vest in full. Vesting is reduced to 20% on a pro-rata basis if average 
ROCE is 30% over the three-year period and is reduced to nil if it fails to reach 30%.
30%
40%
Total
100%
For the 2023 award:
Metric
Weighting
Performance condition
Threshold 
target
Stretch 
target
EPS
70%
Cumulative Underlying EPS to exceed 140p over the three-year period to vest in full. Vesting is reduced to 20% on a pro-rata basis 
if cumulative Underlying EPS is 110p over the three-year period and is reduced to nil if it fails to reach 110p.
110p
140p
ROCE
30%
Average ROCE to exceed 40% over the three-year period to vest in full. Vesting is reduced to 20% on a pro-rata basis if average 
ROCE is 30% over the three-year period and is reduced to nil if it fails to reach 30%.
30%
40%
Total
100%
For the 2024 award:
Metric
Weighting
Performance condition
Threshold 
target
Stretch 
target
EPS
70%
Cumulative Underlying EPS to exceed 150p over the three-year period to vest in full. Vesting is reduced to 40% on a pro-rata basis 
if cumulative Underlying EPS is 125p over the three-year period and is reduced to nil if it fails to reach 125p.
125p
150p
Operating ROS 30%
Average ROS to exceed 10% over the three-year period to vest in full. Vesting is reduced to 40% on a pro-rata basis if average 
ROS is 8.8% over the three-year period and is reduced to nil if it fails to reach 8.8%.
8.8%
10%
Total
100%
Awards will normally remain subject to a holding period of two years, commencing on the vesting date with the exception of sales to cover related personal tax liabilities. There is no minimum 
shareholding requirement for Executive Directors.
Sara Fowler 
Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee 
28 April 2025
02 Strategic report
42
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Remuneration Policy
This part of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee’s report sets out the Remuneration 
policy, which is designed to ensure that the remuneration packages offered, and the terms 
of the contracts of service, are competitive and designed to attract, retain and motivate 
Executive Directors of the right calibre. To achieve these goals, the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee’s policy is to establish fixed salary at around half of the total 
obtainable in the case of excellent performance, with recognition and reward for achieving 
performance targets annually and growth in the long term.
Remuneration packages
The main components of the package for each Executive Director are:
i. Basic salary
Basic salary is determined by taking into account the performance of the individual and 
information on the rates of salary for similar jobs in companies of comparable size and 
complexity in a range of engineering and other technology industries.
ii. Incentive schemes
The Executive Directors participate in a short-term incentive scheme in which the minimum 
bonus payable is nil and the maximum bonus payable is 120% of relevant salaries. The 
incentive is payable wholly in cash. The targets against which performance is judged are 
primarily the Group’s key financial performance indicators and personal objectives. The 
Directors’ personal objectives are commercially sensitive and therefore remain, and are 
expected to continue to remain, confidential to the Company. In some years, the targets may 
be varied to reflect particular objectives determined by the Committee.
iii. Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
An LTIP, which was adopted by the Board on 10 June 2019, has been introduced to incentivise 
Executive Directors and certain senior managers over the longer term and encourage 
retention. 70% of the award of shares is based on cumulative Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) 
performance over a three-year period. 30% of the award of shares is based on average 
Operating Return on Sales (“ROS”) over the same three-year period. Further details of the 
performance conditions can be found on page 42.
An award granted under the LTIP in the form of a conditional right giving the participant 
a right to acquire ordinary shares in the Company at nil cost if certain conditions are met. 
Awards are made covering a three-year period. Awards will normally vest following the end 
of the three-year performance period, once it is determined whether and to what extent 
the performance conditions have been achieved. Awards will normally remain subject to a 
holding period of two years commencing on the vesting date. Standard malus, clawback 
and leaver provisions apply.
iv. Pensions
Directors may choose to join the Mpac Group Personal Pension Plan, which is a defined 
contribution scheme. Additionally, life assurance and income protection policies are put in 
place for the Executive Directors.
Discretionary awards
Whilst the remuneration packages for Executive Directors are designed to cover normal 
performance, the Remuneration Committee retain the ability to make awards of either cash or 
shares to recognise and incentivise performance or achievement which would not otherwise 
have been rewarded. Where shares are awarded, they are subject to a two year holding 
period, except to the extent required to settle any immediate tax liability.
Contracts of service
The Company’s policy is to offer contracts of employment that attract, motivate and retain 
skilled employees who are incentivised to deliver the Company’s strategy. These service 
contracts are terminable on notice of one year given by the Company and six months given 
by the Director. In the event of termination by the Company, the Company has the option of 
making a payment of liquidated damages equivalent to the value of 12 months’ salary, or the 
balance of the period to the date of expiry if less, or of negotiating appropriate compensation 
reflecting the principle of mitigation. In the event of a change of control in the Company, if 
the Company terminates an Executive Director’s contract within six months of the change of 
control, or if an Executive Director terminates the contract within six months of the change 
of control, the Company will be obliged to pay liquidated damages equivalent to the value of 
12 months’ salary. The purpose of the change of control clause, which is reviewed regularly, 
is that the contracts should provide reasonable and appropriate security to the director 
concerned and to the Company.
Any commitment contained within the current Directors’ service contracts, or a current 
employee’s contract of employment who is subsequently promoted to the role of Director, will 
be honoured even where it may be inconsistent with the Company’s Remuneration policy.
The current service contracts for Mr Wilkins and Mr Holland were entered into on 22 June 
2018 and 17 July 2022 respectively.
02 Strategic report
43
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Remuneration and Nomination Committee report continued
Letters of appointment
The Non-Executive Directors are not issued with a separate service contract on appointment. 
The terms of their appointment are set out in their letter of appointment. The Company 
does not make termination payments to Non- Executive Directors in the event that a Non-
Executive Director’s appointment is terminated by the Company.
Recruitment
The Committee reserves the right to make payments outside the Remuneration policy in 
exceptional circumstances. The Committee would only use this right where it believes that 
this is in the best interests of the Company and when it would be disproportionate to seek 
the specific approval of the shareholders in a general meeting.
When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will use the Remuneration policy 
to determine the Executive Director’s remuneration package. To facilitate the hiring of 
candidates of the appropriate calibre to implement the Group’s strategy, the Committee 
may include any other remuneration component or award not explicitly referred to in this 
Remuneration policy sufficient to attract the right candidate. In determining the appropriate 
remuneration, the Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors (including 
the quantum and nature of the remuneration) to ensure the arrangements are in the best 
interests of the Company and its shareholders.
The Committee may buy-out incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer 
after taking account of relevant factors including the form of the award, any performance 
conditions attached to the award and when they would have vested. The Committee may 
consider other components for structuring the buy-out, including cash or share awards where 
there is a commercial rationale for this.
Where the recruitment requires the individual to relocate appropriate relocation costs may 
be offered.
Recruitment awards will normally be liable to forfeiture or clawback if the Executive Director 
leaves the Company within the first two years of their employment. Any such awards will be 
linked to the achievement of appropriate and challenging performance measures and will be 
forfeited if performance or continued employment conditions are not met.
Termination
The Committee reserves the right to make additional liquidated damages payments outside 
the terms of the Directors’ service contracts where such payments are made in good faith in 
order to discharge an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an 
obligation) or by way of settlement or compromise of any claim arising in connection with the 
termination of a director’s office or employment.
Non-Executive Directors
The fees of Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board based upon comparable 
market levels. The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in the Company’s incentive 
schemes and nor do they receive any benefits or pension contributions.
02 Strategic report
44
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Future Remuneration policy table
The following table provides a summary of the key components of the remuneration package for Directors:
Salary
Purpose and link to strategy
This is a fixed element of the Executive Directors’ remuneration and is intended to be competitive and attract, retain and motivate.
Operation
Takes into account the performance of the individual and information on the rates of salary for similar jobs in companies of comparable size and 
complexity in a range of engineering and technology industries.
Opportunity
Salary is normally reviewed annually. Ordinarily, salary increases will be in line with increases awarded to other employees within the Group. 
However, increases may be made above this level at the Remuneration and Nomination Committee’s discretion to take account of individual 
circumstances such as:
	increase in scope and responsibility;
	to reflect the individual’s development and performance in the role; and
	alignment to market level.
Performance metrics
Not applicable, although individual performance is one of the considerations in determining the level of salary.
Benefits
Purpose and link to strategy
The benefits provided to the Executive Directors are intended to be competitive and attract and retain the right calibre of candidate.
Operation
Benefits are paid to the Executive Directors in line with market practice.
Opportunity
Benefits are set at a level which the Remuneration and Nomination Committee considers:
	are appropriately positioned against comparable roles in companies of a similar size and complexity in the relevant market; and
	provide a sufficient level of benefit based upon the role and individual circumstances.
Performance metrics
Not applicable.
02 Strategic report
45
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Remuneration and Nomination Committee report continued
Short-term incentive scheme
Purpose and link to strategy
The short-term incentive scheme is intended to reward Executive Directors for the performance of the Group in the financial year.
Operation
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee reviews the financial performance of the Group following the end of each financial year and 
determines the payments to be made.
Opportunity
Maximum of 120% of salary.
Performance metrics
The targets against which performance is judged are primarily the Group’s key performance metrics in each financial year set annually by the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee as well as personal objectives. In some years, the targets for the short-term incentive scheme may be 
varied to reflect particular objectives determined by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. The Remuneration and Nomination Committee 
retains the ability to adjust and/or set different performance measures if events occur (such as a change in strategy, a material acquisition/ 
divestment of a Group business, a change in prevailing market conditions, or a change in regulation which affects the Group) which cause the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee to determine that the measures are no longer appropriate and that amendment is required so that they 
achieve their original purpose.
Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
Purpose and link to strategy
The LTIP is intended to incentivise Executive Directors and certain senior managers over the longer term in direct alignment with shareholders’ 
interests and encourage retention.
Operation
An award granted under the LTIP in the form of a conditional right giving the participant a right to acquire ordinary shares in Company if certain 
conditions are met. Awards were made covering a three-year period. Awards will normally vest following the end of the three-year performance 
period, once it is determined whether and to what extent the performance conditions have been achieved. Awards will normally remain subject to 
a holding period of two years, commencing on the vesting date with the exception of sales to cover related personal tax liabilities. Standard malus, 
clawback and leaver provisions apply.
Opportunity
The normal maximum award, covering the rolling three-year plan period, is 300% of salary based on the value of the award at the date of grant.
Performance metrics
Performance metrics selected reflect underlying business performance. 70% of the award of shares is based on cumulative Earnings Per Share 
(“EPS”) performance over a three-year period. 30% of the award of shares is based on average Operating Return on Sales (“ROS”) over the same 
three-year period. In respect of the percentage of the award that relates to EPS, 40% of the award is made if EPS is 125p. 100% of the award is 
made if EPS is equal to or exceeds 150p. Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight-line basis pro rata. If EPS is below 125p no award 
will be made in respect of EPS. In respect of the percentage of the award that relates to ROS, 40% of the award is made if ROS is 8.8%. 100% 
of the award is made if ROS equals or exceeds 10%. Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight-line basis pro rata. If ROS is below 
8.8%, no award will be made in respect of ROS.
02 Strategic report
46
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Pension
Purpose and link to strategy
The payment of a pension benefit is intended to form an integral part of an Executive Director’s remuneration package that is competitive and 
attracts, retains and motivates the Director.
Operation
Directors may join the Mpac Group Personal Pension Plan, or alternatively, in lieu of payments to the pension scheme, the Company may pay 
additional emoluments.
Opportunity
Any percentage increase in pension contributions will not exceed the percentage increase in salary.
Performance metrics
Not applicable.
Non-Executive Directors’ fees
Purpose and link to strategy
To attract and retain Non-Executive Directors of the right calibre.
Operation
The fees of Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board based upon comparable market levels. The Non-Executive Directors do not 
participate in the Company’s incentive schemes and nor do they receive any benefits or pension contributions.
Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Group applies the same key principles to setting remuneration for its employees as those applied to the Directors’ remuneration. In setting salaries and benefits each business considers the 
need to retain and incentivise key employees and the impact such policy has on the continued success of the Group. 
02 Strategic report
47
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Directors’ report
Reporting requirements
The following information is provided in other appropriate sections and is included in this 
Directors’ Report by reference and so is deemed to be part of it:
Information
Reported
Strategic report
Pages 1 to 26.
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Pages 41 to 42.
Business review
The Directors’ business review is set out as part of the Strategic report with the results of the 
Group being set out in the consolidated income statement on page 62 and in its related notes. 
The Group has overseas subsidiaries.
Going concern
The Group’s activities together with the factors likely to affect its future development, 
performance and position are as described within the Strategic report on pages 1 to 26 in 
particular the Outlook section on page 17. The Directors have considered the trading outlook, 
including the preparation of profit, balance sheet and cash flow forecasts, for the Group 
for a 24-month period ending 31 December 2026, its financial resources including its cash 
resources and access to borrowings, as set out in note 20 to the accounts on page 88, and its 
continuing obligations, including to its defined benefit pension schemes, details of which are 
set out in note 24 to the accounts on pages 90 to 94. These forecasts have been sensitised 
to cover a range of credible downside scenarios, including the potential future impacts of the 
pandemic and the conclusions remained unchanged. “Reverse stress tests”, where scenarios 
were run to determine the full extent of the Group’s resilience to downside risks, did not 
challenge the Group’s conclusions under any plausible scenario. Performance subsequent 
to the year-end suggests the forecasts remain appropriate. Having made enquiries, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.
Directors
Biographical details of the Directors currently serving on the Board and their dates of 
appointment are set out on page 30.
In accordance with Section 416(1)(a) of the Companies Act 2006, the Directors who served 
during the year are as follows:
Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors
Adam Holland
Andrew Kitchingman
Will Wilkins
Sara Fowler
Douglas Robertson
Matthew Taylor
The Company’s approach to the appointment and replacement of Directors is governed by 
its Articles of Association (together with relevant legislation) and takes into consideration any 
recommendations of the QCA Code.
Subject to any restrictions in its Articles of Association and the Companies Act 2006, the 
Directors may exercise any powers which are not reserved for exercise by the shareholders.
The Company maintained Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance cover throughout 2024. 
The Articles of Association of the Company permit it to indemnify the Company’s officers, 
and officers of any associated company, against liabilities arising from conducting Company 
business, to the extent permitted by law. The Company’s Articles of Association, together with 
the Directors’ Service Contracts, will be available for inspection at the AGM.
Directors and Directors’ interests
Directors’ interests in the Company’s shares as at 31 December 2024 are shown on page 41. 
There are no shareholding requirements for Directors.
02 Strategic report
48
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Substantial shareholdings
At 31 December 2024, the Company had been notified, or is aware of, the following interests 
in the issued ordinary share capital of the Company:
Number of 
ordinary shares
% of issued 
ordinary shares
Schroder Investment Management Limited*
4,911,645
16.33%
Charles Stanley & Co. Limited**
1,827,518
6.07%
Mr J Laverdiere
1,059,349
3.52%
*	 the Company was notified on 22 January 2025 that Schroder’s holding had reduced to 4,516,888 equating to 
15.17% of the issued ordinary shares.
**	 the Company was notified of Charles Stanley’s holding on 7 January 2025.
Results and dividends
The Group’s profit for the year was £2.0m (31 December 2023: £2.7m). The Board has decided 
to not pay a final dividend. An interim dividend was not paid during 2024 (2023: none).
Dividends on the 6% preference shares are due for payment on 30 June and 31 December in 
each year and in 2024 amounted to £0.1m (2023: £0.1m).
Research and development
Group policy is to retain and enhance its market position through the design and development 
of specialist machinery and services. To achieve this objective, engineering and product 
development facilities are maintained in the UK and overseas. Research and development 
expenditure for the Group incurred in 2024, net of third-party income, amounted to £3.5m 
(2023: £2.1m), of which £1.0m (2023: £1.2m) was charged to the consolidated income 
statement and £2.5m (2023: £0.9m) was capitalised and included in development costs.
Share capital
Authority for the allotment of up to 2,047,422 ordinary shares was granted at the 2024 Annual 
General Meeting and this authority expires at the end of the 2025 AGM. This authority was 
used during the year to satisfy the consideration required for the acquisition of BCA, where 
1,059,349 ordinary shares were issued to the vendor. 
At a General Meeting held on 18 October 2024 shareholders approved an additional authority 
to allot 7,250,000 new ordinary shares of 25 pence each in connection with a placing, 
1,039,500 new ordinary shares in settlement of the part of the consideration, 250,000 new 
ordinary shares in connection with a retail offer, all as part of the acquisition of CSi Palletising. 
At 31 December 2024, the Company’s issued share capital was £7,518,318.25 divided into 
30,073,273 ordinary shares of £0.25 each plus 900,000 preference shares of £1.00 each. 
Details of movements in issued share capital in the year are set out in note 25 to the financial 
statements.
Resolution 14 which will be proposed as a special resolution at the Group’s next Annual 
General Meeting, will seek the necessary authority to enable the Company to purchase for 
cancellation ordinary shares in the market for a period of up to 12 months from the date of 
the meeting, upon the terms set out in the resolution, up to a maximum number of 3,007,324 
ordinary shares representing approximately 10% of the issued ordinary share capital at the 
date of the notice convening the Annual General Meeting.
EES Trustees International Limited is the trustee for the Company’s long-term incentive 
arrangements for the benefit of the Group’s employees. As at 31 December 2024, it did not 
hold any shares. However, when the Trustee does hold shares, it has agreed to waive all 
dividends and not to exercise voting rights in respect of those shares.
Disclosure of information to the auditor
In accordance with section 418(2) of CA2006, as far as the Directors are aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditor is unaware, and each Director 
has taken all reasonable steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information to establish that the Group’s auditors are 
aware of that information.
Auditor
PKF Littlejohn LLP was appointed as statutory auditor on 17 May 2023 and a resolution to 
approve their re-appointment will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will take place on 12 June 2025. Notice of the meeting can be 
found on pages 113 to 117.
Political donations
The Company made no political donations during the year 31 December 2024.
Financial instruments
The financial risk management objectives of the Group, including details of the exposure of 
the Company and its subsidiaries to financial risks including credit risk, interest rate risk and 
currency risk, are provided in note 26 to the accounts on pages 96 to 103
Sustainability policy
The Group is committed not only to compliance with environmental legislation but also 
to the progressive introduction of appropriate measures to limit the adverse effects of its 
operations upon the environment. In particular, efforts are made to minimise waste arising 
from operations, to recycle materials wherever possible and to consider alternative methods 
of design or operation.
The Group aims both to reduce its costs by these means and to promote good practice in the 
use of resources at sustainable levels.
02 Strategic report
49
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Directors’ report continued
Climate Related Financial Disclosures
As the Group is listed on the LSE AIM market, we fall within the Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures (“CRFDs”) requirement under the Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-related 
Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022. The four pillars of this regime are governance, 
strategy, risk management, and metrics and targets.
Governance
The Board of Directors have oversight of climate related risks and opportunities. The member 
of the Mpac Group Executive Committee (“ExCom”) responsible for corporate development 
leads the Group’s ESG initiative and reports directly into the Board in relation to ESG matters. 
They, as well as the Group Risk Committee, are responsible for identifying, considering and 
managing climate-related risks and opportunities which the board then review and approve. 
At least twice a year, the Board considers climate-related matters including the review 
and approval of the Group’s ESG report, last published in April 2024 for the financial year 
2023, the report for 2024 will be published later in 2025. Additionally, the Board will actively 
participate in setting the Group’s Science-Based Targets later in 2025. At the time of this 
report no climate related performance objectives have been set. Further details of the Group’s 
ESG initiative will be disclosed in the Group’s 2024 ESG report.
In 2023, the Board approved the appointment of ClimatePartner, a leading solutions provider 
for climate action that helps organisations calculate their carbon emissions, set strategies for 
reducing emissions and set emissions reduction targets. 
We begun by creating an inventory of and measuring our Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions 
and certain upstream emissions in our supply chain (Scope 3 emissions), using primary data 
in almost all instances. More details of the Group’s emissions can be found in the Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) section of this report. In 2024 we have continued 
to expand our Scope 3 inventory to include a greater proportion of our supply chain. We are 
also exploring options to conduct product life cycle assessments on the products we supply. 
Additional information regarding the status of this exercise will be included in the 2025 
annual report.
Risk management
Identification, assessment and management of the group’s climate-based risks and opportunities 
is embedded into the Board’s risk management process. Our risk management strategy, detailed 
on page 50, is consistently applied across all risks to evaluate and identify both current and 
emerging risks and opportunities, including those related to climate, the risks and opportunities 
specifically related to sustainability and climate change are disclosed on page 25. 
Climate based risks are identified both on a bottom-up basis at a site level and on a top-
down basis by the Board and Executive Committee. Climate based risks are measured based 
on their likelihood and potential impact on the Group, which could be financial, operational 
disruption or reputational damage. As noted in the metrics and targets section below, we 
use our calculation of scope 1 & 2 carbon emissions as a tool to measure the progress made 
against the risks noted below.
In addition to Group level risk management, risks and opportunities are identified at a 
subsidiary level and reported up through the Group.
The principal climate-based risks and opportunities are summarised as follows:
Risk
Timeframe
Business Impact
Mitigation/Opportunity 
Transitional
The Group’s operations 
and strategies could be 
deemed by stakeholders 
and potential investors 
to fail to comply with 
national and international 
targets on climate change 
reduction. 
Medium/long term
Perceived non-compliance with climate targets could 
damage the Group’s reputation, leading to lost trust 
and sales, and hinder new business relationships. It 
may cause investors to withdraw, increasing capital 
costs, and result in regulatory penalties that impact 
profitability. 
The Group’s products and strategy naturally lend themselves to be well placed 
environmentally. We partner with our customers to drive their packaging solutions 
in a more environmentally friendly manner, and consequently help them reduce 
emissions.
The global focus on Environmental Social and Governance issues is increasing. 
The challenge is demonstrating the Group’s place in combating these issues. 
Mpac is a low generator of emissions and waste, with the greatest potential 
impact of the Group to reduce emissions being in the production of operationally 
and energy efficient machinery.
Transitional
Delays in reducing carbon 
within our supply 
chain
Short, medium 
and long term
We depend on our suppliers to achieve their low carbon 
and net zero targets. The risk is that if they fail to meet 
these targets within the required timeframe, it could 
hinder our ability to meet our own goals.
Our procurement strategy remains dedicated to partnering with suppliers 
who share our commitment to ESG principles throughout their operations. We 
incorporate sustainability assessments into every strategic procurement decision.
Transitional
Failure to act on climate 
change may impact our 
ability to attract and 
retain talent 
Short, medium 
and long term
Attracting and retaining top talent is crucial for 
our future success. It’s essential that our team 
understands and supports our sustainability 
commitment, recognising our efforts as credible 
and authentic. This is central to fulfilling our purpose 
as a responsible business.
We involve our colleagues in supporting our transition to net zero by offering 
opportunities to change their work practices. For example, we use a common 
engineering platform that allows engineers from different locations to collaborate 
on customer projects without needing to travel. Additionally, we have introduced 
a cycle-to-work scheme to encourage employees to reduce their carbon footprint 
during their commute.
We define short term as a period of less than one year, medium term as extending to 2030, and long term as reaching until 2050. The short term was selected to address immediate climate-
related risks and opportunities, allowing for quick responses to urgent environmental changes. The long term was chosen to align with our vision for sustainable climate resilience and to plan 
for significant environmental transformations. The medium term of five years has been selected to align with the timeframe considered when setting the Group’s strategy. We have assessed 
potential physical climate-related risks and determined that they are not material to the Group. At the time of this report none of the transitional risks above are assessed as having a material 
financial impact upon the Group. 
02 Strategic report
50
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Scenario analysis
In 2024 we conducted peer analysis to understand the different scenarios businesses are 
modelling. We have found that most comparable businesses are modelling the following 
2 scenarios:
1.	 1.5°C by 2100: Orderly transition to the Paris-aligned goal occurring by 2100, with 
temperature rising 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.
2.	 4.0°C by 2100: Failure of countries to meet their Paris-aligned goals, resulting in 
higher emissions and temperatures rising to an average of 4 degrees Celsius above 
industrial levels.
We believe the scenarios above are sufficient for giving readers an opportunity to understand 
the possible transformational effects of climate change. We will keep our scenarios under 
review and may adjust them over time to reflect the evolving environmental landscape and 
maintain comparability with our peers.
Our assessment of physical climate risks follows established climate scenarios, particularly 
the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s (“IPCC”) Representative Concentration 
Pathway (“RCP”) scenarios. These scenarios offer a standardised framework for examining 
potential climate changes and their impacts. RCPs are utilised worldwide for climate 
modelling, providing access to a broad array of peer-reviewed and accepted climate 
datasets, and ensuring consistency across different regions.
1.5°C Degrees Scenario
We recognise that a 1.5-degree Celsius increase in global temperatures by 2100 could 
significantly impact our operations:
1.	 Extreme Weather Events: We anticipate more frequent and severe weather events, such 
as storms and floods, which could disrupt our supply chain, delay project timelines, and 
potentially damage our facilities or equipment. None of our locations are any more or less 
prone to extreme weather events than the others and clearly detailed business continuity 
plans are in place across the Group. This aims to ensure that, in an extreme occurrence, 
the impact on our business and customers would be minimal.
2.	 Supply Chain Disruptions: Climate changes may affect the availability and cost of materials 
we use in our packaging systems. For example, components sourced from regions prone to 
extreme weather might become more expensive or harder to obtain. The Group operates 
using a truly global supply-chain, thus minimising the risk of disruption caused by global 
warming or an extreme weather event in any specific part of the world.
3.	 Regulatory Changes: We expect stricter environmental regulations aimed at reducing 
carbon emissions. These regulations could require us to adopt more sustainable practices, 
potentially increasing our operational costs. We believe the impact of regulatory changes 
relating to carbon emissions will have an immaterial impact on the Group’s financial 
performance.
4.	 Market Shifts: We foresee a growing demand for eco-friendly packaging solutions. By 
adapting our designs to be more sustainable, we can gain a competitive edge and meet 
changing consumer preferences. The machines that we design and manufacture are at 
the cutting-edge of sustainability, assisting our blue-chip customer base to transition away 
from single use plastic packaging to more eco-friendly packaging solutions.
5.	 Health and Productivity: Higher temperatures could impact the health and productivity of 
our workforce, especially if our operations involve significant manual labour or are located 
in areas without adequate climate control. None of our locations have a high risk of health 
and productivity problems owing to rises in temperature, our locations are all modern 
facilities with adequate climate control, this position is regularly reviewed by the Global 
Head of Safety, Health, Environment and Quality.
6.	 Financial Risks: Investors and stakeholders are increasingly considering climate risks in 
their decisions. By demonstrating our commitment to sustainability and climate resilience, 
we can improve our attractiveness to investors. In 2023, we published our first ever ESG 
Report, which laid out the foundations for our intention to be carbon neutral by 2030, we 
are still fully committed to this goal and will be setting Science-Based Targets (“SBT’s”) to 
assist us on this journey in H2 of 2025.
Our scenario analysis considers the Group as a whole and has considered all geographical 
locations that the Group operates in. None of our geographical locations have been identified 
as having a higher risk than the others. We believe that the Group’s business model and 
strategy is resilient enough to withstand the potential impact of the 1.5 degrees scenario 
described above. To address these potential impacts, we are investing in sustainable 
materials, improving energy efficiency, and developing climate-resilient strategies. These 
proactive measures will help us better position our business to thrive in a changing climate.
4°C Degrees Scenario
A 4-degree Celsius increase in global temperatures by 2100 presents a far more severe 
scenario compared to a 1.5-degree increase. While both scenarios involve significant 
challenges, the 4-degree rise would lead to much more frequent and intense extreme weather 
events, greater disruptions to supply chains, stricter regulatory environments, and more 
profound shifts in market demands. Additionally, the health and productivity of the workforce 
would be more severely impacted, and financial risks would be heightened as investors 
increasingly prioritise climate resilience. However, the Group has positioned itself well to 
cope with these scenarios were any of them to come to fruition, the fact that Mpac operates 
using a truly global supply chain eases the pressure on any one location having an extreme 
4-degree Celsius increase. The Group operates with a number of blue-chip customers 
whose markets lend resilience to this scenario, Food & Beverage and Healthcare markets will 
always be needed, more it could be argued, in a scenario where global temperatures reach a 
4-degree Celsius increase.
Strategy
At Mpac we recognise the responsibility we have to protect our planet for current and future 
generations. We strive to act in ways that reduce the impact of our methods of operating as 
well as through the machines that we design and build for our customers. We also ensure we 
comply with environmental laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which we are located.
Mpac demonstrates a steadfast commitment to product sustainability. Through a holistic 
approach that integrates innovative design, responsible sourcing, and efficient manufacturing 
processes, we ensure that the machines we produce have a reduced environmental footprint. 
We actively seek out eco-friendly materials, minimise waste generation, and embrace energy-
efficient production methods.
Mpac designs and builds machines that assemble and package products that are essential to 
the lives of millions of people. Our machines are designed to ensure they achieve maximum 
operational efficiency for our customers, thus minimising their carbon footprint throughout 
their lifetime. We are in a continual dialogue with our customers to understand how we can 
support their journey of reduced carbon emissions in how we design and build machines for 
them, but also how those machines operate throughout their lifetime.	
	
Our innovations team operates from six centres around the world, leveraging around 500 
engineers and designers to develop new products that meet the emerging needs of our 
customers, always with sustainability at the heart of our creative process. Our product 
development processes focus on analysing the life cycle of our products to reduce carbon 
emissions throughout.
Future innovation initiatives will concentrate on minimisation of waste and emissions, 
sustainability partnerships and predictive maintenance advancements.
02 Strategic report
51
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

Directors’ report continued
Metrics and targets
We have committed to being carbon neutral in respect of our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 
2030. Progress against this target is measured and assessed annually with the assistance 
of a report prepared by Climate Partner. Each site uses Climate Partner’s calculation portal 
to collect and enter input data for each scope of emission. Climate Partner review this data 
and prepare a calculation of carbon emissions by scope for each site including comparative 
information. These reports are reviewed, and individual movements are challenged at a 
site level. 
During 2024 we began to assess our full Scope 3 upstream emissions and establish a path to 
net zero. This is an evolving process and in 2025 we will set near term targets in accordance 
with the Science Based Targets Initiative (www.sciencebasedtargets.org). We plan to maintain 
our collaboration with ClimatePartner, utilising their expertise to help us to continue to refine 
and monitor our metrics and targets.
Our disclosures in respect of carbon emissions can be found in the Streamlined Energy and 
Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) section of this report.
We have introduced several initiatives to progressively reduce carbon emissions over time:
	Remote diagnostic functionality enabling service technicians to resolve machine issues 
without the need to travel to the customers’ facility
	Use of a common engineering platform enabling engineers from different locations to 
collaborate on customer projects without the need to travel
	Installation of EV charging points
	Transition of company vehicle fleet to fully electric models
	Introduced a “cycle to work” scheme
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”)
In accordance with disclosure requirements of Part 7A of Schedule 7 of The Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as 
amended), Mpac Group is dedicated to annually reporting the Group’s emissions. Our carbon 
footprint calculation, performed with the assistance of Climate Partner, adheres to the 
methodology established by the GHG Protocol for corporate accounting. 
tCO2e
2024
2023
Scope 1
91.66
86.51
Scope 2
1,170.63
1,068.33
Total Scope 1 and 2
1,262.29
1,154.84
Scope 3*
4,020.55
3,187.24
Total
5,282.84
4,342.08
Scope 1 and 2 intensity kg CO2e / employee a
2,150
2,347
ª calculated using average number of employees in the year.
How we decide what to measure
We focus on Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions, which encompass direct emissions from owned 
or controlled sources and indirect emissions from the generation of purchased energy, 
respectively. Additionally, we measure certain upstream Scope 3 emissions, which include 
indirect emissions from our supply chain.
The selection of these metrics is based on their significance to our operations and their 
potential impact on our environmental footprint. By prioritising these areas, we aim to 
provide a transparent and thorough account of our climate-related performance, enabling 
stakeholders to make informed decisions.
Scope 1 emissions refer to direct greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions from sources that are 
owned or controlled by the Group. This includes emissions from:
	Combustion of fuels in company-owned or controlled boilers, furnaces, and vehicles.
	Fugitive emissions, such as leaks from refrigerants or other equipment.
Scope 2 emissions refer to the indirect greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions resulting from 
our consumption of purchased electricity, heat, steam, and cooling. These emissions occur 
at sources not owned or controlled by our organisation but are a direct consequence of our 
energy use.
*Scope 3 emissions disclosed above are limited to business travel, employee commuting, 
generated waste and certain purchased goods and services.
The emissions in relation to electricity and gas have been calculated by the multiplication 
of the metered usage by the emissions level provided by the supplier, or, where this is not 
available, by publicly available equivalents. In the case of transport, emissions are calculated 
based on the distances travelled multiplied by known emissions levels of the vehicles or, 
where this is not available, from equivalent publicly available data.
Energy efficiency
The Group continues to focus on reducing energy consumption and carbon emissions and 
reviews have been undertaken and recommendations implemented. Reviews of new and 
evolving technologies form an integral part of a continuous operational review programme.
Travel
The Group has significantly increased the level of travel in the year, predominantly associated 
with the acquisitions and the consequent integration into Mpac. 
Employee and other stakeholder engagement
Details of the Group’s arrangements for engaging with employees, suppliers and customers 
are required to be disclosed in this Directors’ report and are set out under the s.172 statement 
on page 26. Such information is incorporated into this Directors report by reference and is 
deemed to form part of this report.
Prism Cosec Limited 
Company Secretary
28 April 2025
02 Strategic report
52
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Accounts in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law the Directors have prepared the financial statements in accordance with 
UK-adopted international accounting standards. Under company law the Directors must 
not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs and profit or loss of the Company and Group for that period. In 
preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:
	select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
	make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
	state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting standards have been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; and
	prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to 
presume that the Company and Group will continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient 
to show and explain the Group and Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and 
financial information included on the company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved:
	so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s 
and Company’s auditors are unaware; and
	they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s and 
Company’s auditors are aware of that information.
This Responsibility statement was approved by the Board on 28 April 2025 and is signed on 
its behalf by:
Adam Holland 
Chief Executive Officer
Will Wilkins 
Chief Financial Officer 
28 April 2025
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
in respect of the annual report and the financial statements
02 Strategic report
53
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

02 Strategic report
54
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial 
statements
02 Strategic report
54
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024

02 Strategic report
55
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Mpac Group plc (the ‘parent company’) and 
its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year ended 31 December 2024 which comprise the 
Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Financial Position, the Consolidated 
and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated and Parent 
Company Statements of Cash Flows and notes to the financial statements, including 
significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
their preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting standards and 
as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion:
	the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the 
parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2024 and of the group’s profit for the year 
then ended; 
	the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-
adopted international accounting standards;
	the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance 
with UK-adopted international accounting standards and as applied in accordance with 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and
	the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006.
Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs 
(UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described 
in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our 
report. We are independent of the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence 
we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Conclusions relating to going concern 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going 
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. 
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent company’s ability to 
continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
	obtaining the group cash flow forecasts for the period ending 31 December 2026 and 
ensuring mathematical accuracy of these forecasts;
	assessing the reasonableness of the underlying assumptions, including forecast levels of 
expenditure and contractual cash inflows used in preparing the forecasts. To assess the 
reasonableness and timings of the cash inflows and outflows, we used our knowledge of 
the business and compared the forecasts to the directors’ previously approved budgets, 
historic performance and information subsequent to the year end including board minutes 
and management accounts;
	verifying cash balances used in the forecast close to the date of sign off of these financial 
statements; 
	reviewing management’s sensitivity analysis and performing our own sensitivities to 
understand the key drivers of the forecasts. Where necessary, we have evaluated potential 
mitigating factors that could be actioned by management in the sensitised scenarios; 
	assessing the appropriateness of the going concern disclosures included in the financial 
statements against the requirements of the relevant auditing standards; and
	recalculated borrowing covenants during the going concern period to ensure ongoing 
compliance.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties 
relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt 
on the group’s or parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at 
least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern 
are described in the relevant sections of this report.
Our application of materiality 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. The quantitative 
and qualitative thresholds for materiality determine the scope of our audit and the nature, 
timing and extent of our audit procedures. We determined materiality for the financial 
statements to be:
Entity
Materiality 
£’000
Performance materiality 
at 70% (2023: 70%) 
£’000
Triviality 
threshold (5%) 
£’000
Group
1,210 (2023: 1,100)
845 (2023: 770)
60 (2023: 55)
Parent company
730 (2023: 640)
510 (2023: 448)
35 (2023: 32)
The benchmark for group materiality was selected as 1% of revenue in the year. Revenue was 
deemed to be the most appropriate metric for group materiality as revenue growth is a key 
performance indicator. 
The benchmark selected for the parent company materiality was 1% of the net asset value, 
as the parent company is not revenue generating, and the significant balances in the financial 
statements are the investments in, and amounts advanced, to the trading subsidiaries. 
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that 
the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. 
Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the 
nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures. 
We have set performance materiality at 70% of overall materiality for both the group and 
parent company (2023: 70%) as we did not identify any material errors or adjustments in the 
prior periods. 
While performance materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was set at 
£845,000, each significant component of the group was audited to a performance materiality 
ranging between £235,000 and £510,000 (2023: £536,000 and £940,000), 
with performance materiality set at 70%. We applied the concept of materiality in planning 
and performing our audit and in evaluating the effects of misstatement.
Independent Auditor’s report
to the members of Mpac Group plc

02 Strategic report
56
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
High
Likelihood
Low
Low
High
Magnitude
Carrying value of
goodwill and acquired
intangible assets
Revenue recognition
and accounting for
long term contracts
Acquisition accounting
Accuracy of defined
benefit pension
liabilities and
scheme valuation
Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued
Our approach to the audit
Our audit is risk based and is designed to focus our efforts on the areas at greatest risk of 
material misstatement, and areas subject to significant management judgement as well as 
greatest complexity, risk and size. 
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality, as above, and assessed the risk of 
material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we looked at areas involving 
significant accounting estimates and judgement by the directors and considered future 
events that are inherently uncertain. These areas of estimation and judgement included: 
	Revenue recognition over time on long term contracts; 
	Fair value assessment and purchase price allocation (“PPA”) in relation to the net assets 
acquired as part of the acquisitions in the year;
	Carrying value and impairment assessment of intangible assets, including goodwill 
and acquired intangibles; 
	Carrying value of the investments and amounts advanced to the subsidiaries 
(at the parent company level);
	Pension asset/liability calculation and assumptions used thereon; and 
	Recognition of deferred tax assets based on unutilised losses within the group. 
We also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among 
other matters consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk 
of material misstatement due to fraud. 
A full scope audit was completed on the financial information of all of the group’s significant 
operating subsidiaries by PKF Littlejohn LLP and no component auditors were engaged. 
The key audit matters and how these were addressed are outlined below.
Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most 
significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, 
the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as 
a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters. 

02 Strategic report
57
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Key audit matter
How our scope addressed the matter
Revenue recognition and accounting for long term contracts (Note 1 and Note 18)
Under ISA (UK) 240, there is a rebuttable presumption that revenue recognition is a 
significant fraud risk.
The group generates significant revenue through contracts with customers to design, 
engineer and manufacture machinery and packaging solutions. The majority of revenue is 
recognised over time. The group adopts an inputs based method for recognising contract 
revenue by estimating total material and labour costs at the outset of a contract. Revenue 
is then recognised over the life of the contract based on total labour hours incurred as a 
percentage of total expected hours.
In applying this method, management judgement and estimation is required, and there 
is a risk that revenue is not being recognised in accordance with IFRS 15 Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers.
This includes the risk that contract assets and liabilities, and contract fulfilment assets, 
at the year end are not accurate or complete.
Due to the level of estimation uncertainty, revenue recognition over long term contracts 
has been designated as a key audit matter. 
Our audit work in this area included the following:
General procedures:
	Updating our understanding of the information system and related controls relevant to each 
material income stream.
	Evaluating the appropriateness of the information system and the effectiveness of the design 
and implementation of the related controls, including those relating to the posting of employee’s 
time to specific projects/contracts.
	Performing a reasonableness check around the total labour hours recorded at each component 
versus the expected number of available labour hours (based on employee numbers and utilisation).
	Performing a proof in total, recalculating expected revenue per contract by comparing the total 
contract value to labour hours incurred over the expected labour hours forecast. 
	Evaluating the revenue recognition in line with IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’, 
specifically ensuring that performance obligations are met prior to revenue being recognised and 
that revenue over time as well as revenue at a point in time is recognised in line with the Group’s 
accounting policy, as well as IFRS 15. This included an assessment of the disclosures made 
within the financial statements.
Ongoing contracts:
	Performing a risk assessment of the population of contracts and selecting a sample of higher-risk 
(value and/or complexity) contracts across the group. For the sample selected, we obtained an 
understanding of the contract terms, key operational or commercial/financial issues, significant 
judgements that impact the contract position and the appropriateness of revenue recognised 
during the year ended 31 December 2024.
For the sample selected for testing we:
	Considered the appropriateness of supporting evidence and the requirements of IFRS 15 and the 
group’s accounting policies where contracts included additional entitlements to variations and 
claims, both for and against the group.
	Held discussions with the project managers to understand the project status and outstanding works 
remaining on the contracts, and to ensure that the financial information recorded was consistent.
	Challenged the reasonableness of management’s calculations of forecast labour hours, which 
included understanding the risks and outstanding works remaining on the contract, the impact 
of any delays or other delivery issues and the related cost assumptions and contingencies.
	 Evaluated the expected margin and revenue recognised to date against the latest contract progress.
	Challenged the level of unbilled revenues and the adequacy of the evidence to prove 
recoverability through subsequent work certifications and cash collections.
Completed contract – look back/forecasting accuracy assessment
	Testing a sample of closed contracts and assessing management’s historic forecasting accuracy 
by reviewing expected margins at contract inception to actual margins at completion. 
Onerous contract review:
	Reviewing contracts identified as potentially loss making by assessing post year end contract 
performance as well as future expected contract performance forecasting. 
Contract asset and contract liability:
	Testing year-end adjustments to revenue as well as the associated contract assets and 
contract liabilities recognised end to ensure these are recognised in accordance with the stated 
accounting policies. 
	 Testing the recoverability of contract assets at year end with reference to post year end contract 
performance and customer payments.
 

02 Strategic report
58
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued
Key audit matter
How our scope addressed the matter
Acquisition accounting (Note 31)
The group completed the acquisition of the following businesses/assets throughout the 
2024 financial year:
	SIGA Vision Ltd on 15 August 2024;
	Boston Conveyor & Automation Inc on 18 September 2024; and
	Elstar International BV and its subsidiaries (together “CSi”) on 29 November 2024.
The accounting for the acquisitions and the subsequent PPA involves aligning accounting 
policies, determining the fair value of the consideration paid, identifying and assessing the 
fair value of assets and liabilities acquired, including intangible assets at the acquisition 
date, and assessing the subsequent goodwill. Management engaged an external expert to 
undertake the PPA assessments of the material acquisitions, being BCA and CSi.
These transactions are material and include significant management estimates and 
judgements. As a result, the acquisition accounting has been designated as a key 
audit matter.
 
Our audit work in this area included the following:
	Assessing whether each of the acquisitions qualifies as a business under the definition in 
IFRS 3, Business Combinations. 
	Reviewing the sale and purchase agreements to understand the structure of the transaction 
and to confirm the consideration paid to be included within the acquisition accounting, including 
recalculating the fair value of any deferred or contingent consideration. 
	Reviewing management’s PPAs and engaging with our own internal valuation experts to review 
and challenge the material balances and assumptions within the PPA, including the identification 
of any separately identifiable intangibles. 
	Evaluating the capabilities, competence and objectivity of the external valuation experts engaged 
by management for the PPA to conclude on their appropriateness to perform the role. 
	Performing audit procedures, on a sample basis, to confirm the completeness, accuracy and 
carrying value of the amounts included on the acquisition balance sheet.
	Confirming the acquisition accounting entries in the group financial statements and reperforming 
the calculation of goodwill. 
	Reviewing management’s assessment of the alignment to group accounting policies (i.e. local 
GAAP to UK-adopted IAS) and any adjustments as a result.
	 Reviewing the corporation and deferred tax entries associated with the transaction and the recoverability 
of the deferred tax asset recognised. The review was inclusive of input from our tax specialists.
	Reviewing the adequacy of the disclosure notes in the financial statements in relation to the 
acquisition to ensure it complied with the requirements of IFRS 3 Business Combinations.
Carrying value of goodwill and acquired intangible assets (Note 12)
The group has material goodwill and acquired intangible assets arising from historic and 
current year acquisitions. 
The process for assessing whether an impairment exists under IAS 36 ‘Impairment of 
Assets’ is complex. When carrying out the goodwill impairment review, determining the 
recoverable amount for the smallest identifiable part of the entity (cash-generating unit 
(“CGU”)) requires management to make judgements over several key inputs in the models 
for predicting future revenue levels (discounted cash flow models).
Due to the high level of estimation uncertainty present in the impairment test and the 
sensitivity of the related assumptions in management’s model, we identified the valuation 
of acquired intangibles and goodwill as a key audit matter.
 
Our audit work in this area included the following:
	Performing a walkthrough to understand management’s process with regards to the impairment 
analysis and preparation of the value in use calculations. 
	Obtaining and reviewing management’s impairment papers and value in use calculations along with 
related workings to support the value in use of each CGU, including those acquired in the year.
	Testing the mathematical accuracy of the value in use calculations, as well as challenging key 
assumptions used in the preparation of the discounted cash-flow model, including the discount 
rate, growth rate of expected revenue (based on orderbook) and operating profit margins.
	Reviewing management’s identification of each CGU to ensure that it is consistent with the 
associated intangible asset and whether the discount rates are reasonable for each CGU.
	Assessing the accuracy of historic forecasts to actual results to evaluate management’s ability 
to forecast the CGU’s future cashflows.
	Considering the reasonableness of cash flows included in the calculation through comparison 
with current year performance and historic trends. We also confirmed the consistency of the 
model with that being used to assess going concern.
	Performing a sensitivity analysis on key assumptions to determine potential impact on value in 
use in the event of an adverse movement in assumptions.
	Reviewing the disclosures in the financial statements in relation to the intangible assets and 
associated estimates. 
The performance at one of the CGU’s continues to be below forecast despite the proposed turnaround 
plan in 2024. Should performance not improve from FY24 actuals, there would be no headroom over 
the carrying value of the assets and there would be an indicator of impairment as at the next reporting 
period end. However, management have forecast a turnaround of the business in 2025 as outlined 
in Note 12. This plan relies on a significant increase in revenue and return to profitability to avoid an 
impairment. Should this turnaround plan not be successful in 2025, there will be a requirement to impair 
the carrying value of the intangible asset.

02 Strategic report
59
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Key audit matter
How our scope addressed the matter
Accuracy of defined benefit pension liabilities and scheme valuation (Note 24)
The group operates defined benefit pension schemes in the UK and US that provide 
benefits to a number of employees.
At the year end, the net defined benefit asset was £37.9m (2023: £30.4m). The total fair 
value of scheme assets and present value of defined benefit obligations which form 
the net defined benefit asset amounted to £283.3m (2023: £316.7m) and £245.4m 
(2023: £286.3m), respectively. 
IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ describes the recognition and measurement of defined benefit 
pension schemes. 
The valuation of the schemes’ liabilities at year end involves complex judgements and 
assumptions. 
Variations in key assumptions such as discount rates or mortality rates has the ability to 
significantly influence the net asset/liability position of these schemes, and as such the 
schemes’ valuations are considered to be a key audit matter.
 
Our audit work in this area included the following:
	Updating our understanding of the processes surrounding the valuation of pension scheme 
assets and defined benefit obligations.
	Obtaining management’s valuation assessment and actuarial report and assessing the scope, 
competence and independence of the group’s actuarial expert.
	Using an auditors actuarial expert to inform our challenge of the assumptions used, including 
discount rates, growth rates, mortality rates and the calculation methods employed in the 
calculation of the pension liability.
	Challenging the underlying data and inputs used in the expert valuation, for example 
contributions paid into the scheme during the year.
	Testing scheme asset valuation and ownership, agreeing to corroborating external valuation and 
custody reports where available.
	Reconciling the pension balances disclosed within the financial statements to management’s 
actuarial reports. 
	Reviewing funding agreements between the pension trustees and the Group, including the latest 
triennial review to corroborate deficit reduction payments from the administrator. 
	Reviewing disclosures relating to pension assets and liabilities to ensure in line with IAS 19 
‘Employee Benefits’.

02 Strategic report
60
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued
Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report, other than 
the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for 
the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the group and parent 
company financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we 
identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required 
to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements 
themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard. 
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 
	the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial 
year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial 
statements; and 
	the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements. 
Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company 
and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material 
misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report. 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion: 
	adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or 
	the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns; or 
	certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
	we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
Responsibilities of directors 
As explained more fully in the statement of directors’ responsibilities, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the group and parent company financial statements and for 
being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 
In preparing the group and parent company financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the group and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the 
parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as 
a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect 
a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. 
We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material 
misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures 
are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:
	We obtained an understanding of the group and parent company and the sector in which 
they operate to identify laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have 
a direct effect on the financial statements. We obtained our understanding in this regard 
through discussions with management, and our expertise of the sector. 
	We determined the principal laws and regulations relevant to the group and parent company 
in this regard to be those arising from the Companies Act 2006, UK-adopted international 
accounting standards, the AIM Rules for Companies, as well as local laws and regulations in 
the jurisdiction in which the group and parent company operate.

02 Strategic report
61
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
	We designed our audit procedures to ensure the audit team considered whether there were 
any indications of non-compliance by the group and parent company with those laws and 
regulations. These procedures included, but were not limited to:
–	conducting enquiries of management and those charged with governance regarding 
potential instances of non-compliance;
–	discussing with external legal counsel regarding any material litigation or claims;
–	reviewing RNS announcements; 
–	reviewing legal and professional fees ledger accounts for evidence of any litigation or 
claims against the group; 
–	discussing with local management with regards to the good standing of the subsidiaries; 
and
–	reviewing board minutes and other correspondence from management for evidence of 
non-compliance.
	We also identified the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements due to 
fraud. We considered, in addition to the non-rebuttable presumption of a risk of fraud 
arising from management override of controls, whether key management judgements 
could include management bias was identified in relation to:
–	the recognition of revenue and contract assets/liabilities in relation to the long-term 
contracts with customers; 
–	the fair value assessment in relation to the assets and liabilities acquired as part of the 
business combinations in the year;
–	the carrying value of the intangible assets (goodwill and acquired intangible as well 
as internally generated intangibles); and
–	the valuation of the pension assets/liabilities.
We addressed these as outlined in the Key audit matters section above. The potential 
for management bias also existed in the recognition of deferred tax assets, valuation of 
the hedging arrangements and carrying value in the parent company’s investments in 
subsidiaries in the year. Audit procedures were performed in this regard to recalculate 
the balances with reference to the underlying agreements or assess the carrying value of 
investments with reference to the value in use calculations used for the going concern and 
intangible asset impairment assessment. 
	We addressed the risk of fraud arising from management override of controls by performing 
audit procedures which included, but were not limited to: the testing of journals; reviewing 
accounting estimates for evidence of bias; and evaluating the business rationale of any 
significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.
	Compliance with laws and regulations at the subsidiary level was ensured through enquiry 
of management, communication with local specialists and review of correspondence for 
any instances of non-compliance.
Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is a risk that we will not detect all 
irregularities, including those leading to a material misstatement in the financial statements 
or non-compliance with regulation. This risk increases the more that compliance with a law or 
regulation is removed from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, 
as we will be less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance. The risk is also 
greater regarding irregularities occurring due to fraud rather than error, as fraud involves 
intentional concealment, forgery, collusion, omission or misrepresentation.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located 
on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 
3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we 
might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in 
an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do 
not accept or assume responsibility to anyone, other than the company and the company’s 
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Adam Humphreys  
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of PKF Littlejohn LLP 
Statutory Auditor
15 Westferry Circus 
Canary Wharf 
London E14 4HD
28 April 2025

02 Strategic report
62
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December 2024
2024
2023
Note
Underlying 
£m
Non-underlying 
£m
Total 
£m
Underlying 
£m
Non-underlying 
£m
Total 
£m
Revenue
1
122.4
–
122.4
114.2
–
114.2
Cost of sales
(85.6)
–
(85.6)
(82.6)
–
(82.6)
Gross profit
36.8
–
36.8
31.6
–
31.6
Distribution expenses
(10.5)
–
(10.5)
(8.8)
–
(8.8)
Administrative expenses
4,5
(15.1)
(8.6)
(23.7)
(14.6)
(3.9)
(18.5)
Other operating income/(expenses)
3
0.8
–
0.8
(0.4)
–
(0.4)
Operating profit
1,4
12.0
(8.6)
3.4
7.8
(3.9)
3.9
Financial income
8
–
1.4
1.4
–
1.5
1.5
Financial expenses
8
(1.4)
–
(1.4)
(0.7)
–
(0.7)
Net financing (expense)/income
(1.4)
1.4
–
(0.7)
1.5
0.8
Profit before tax
10.6
(7.2)
3.4
7.1
(2.4)
4.7
Taxation
9
(2.7)
0.7
(2.0)
(1.8)
(0.2)
(2.0)
Profit for the period
7.9
(6.5)
1.4
5.3
(2.6)
2.7
Earnings per ordinary share
Basic
11
6.0p
13.1p
Diluted
11
6.0p
13.1p

02 Strategic report
63
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Group
Note
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Profit for the period
1.4
2.7
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Actuarial gains/(losses)
24
5.3
(1.7)
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
9
0.9
–
6.2
(1.7)
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Currency translation movements arising on foreign currency net investments
(1.6)
(0.9)
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
26
(0.3)
0.4
Reclassified to income statement from hedging reserve
0.1
1.3
(1.8)
0.8
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period
4.4
(0.9)
Total comprehensive income for the period
5.8
1.8

02 Strategic report
64
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Group
Note
Share 
capital 
£m
Share 
premium 
£m
Translation  
reserve 
£m
Capital  
redemption  
reserve 
£m
Hedging  
reserve 
£m
Retained  
earnings 
£m
Total  
equity 
£m
Balance at 1 January 2023
5.1
26.0
2.4
3.9
(1.8)
26.6
62.2
Profit for the period
–
–
–
–
–
2.7
2.7
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
–
–
(0.9)
–
1.7
(1.7)
(0.9)
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
–
–
(0.9)
–
1.7
1.0
1.8
Balance at 31 December 2023
5.1
26.0
1.5
3.9
(0.1)
27.6
64.0
Profit for the period
–
–
–
–
–
1.4
1.4
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
–
–
(1.6)
–
(0.2)
6.2
4.4
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
–
–
(1.6)
–
(0.2)
7.6
5.8
Equity issues
25
2.4
35.8
–
–
–
–
38.2
Total transactions with owners, recorded directly 
in equity
2.4
35.8
–
–
–
–
38.2
Balance at 31 December 2024
7.5
61.8
(0.1)
3.9
(0.3)
35.2
108.0
Statements of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2024

02 Strategic report
65
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Company
Note
Share 
capital 
£m
Share 
premium 
£m
Translation  
reserve 
£m
Capital  
redemption  
reserve 
£m
Hedging  
reserve 
£m
Retained  
earnings 
£m
Total  
equity 
£m
Balance at 31 January 2023
5.1
26.0
–
3.9
–
31.8
66.8
Profit for the period
–
–
–
–
–
2.1
2.1
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
–
–
–
–
–
(2.3)
(2.3)
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
–
–
–
–
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
Balance at 31 December 2023
5.1
26.0
–
3.9
–
31.6
66.6
Profit for the period
–
–
–
–
–
2.5
2.5
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
–
–
0.6
–
–
6.0
6.6
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
–
–
0.6
–
–
8.5
9.1
Equity issues
25
2.4
35.8
–
–
–
–
38.2
Balance at 31 December 2024
7.5
61.8
0.6
3.9
–
40.1
113.9

02 Strategic report
66
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Statements of financial position
as at 31 December 2024
Group
Company
Note
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
12
117.4
24.0
0.7
0.9
Property, plant and equipment
13
5.8
4.1
0.2
0.3
Investment property
14
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
Right-of-use assets
27
9.4
5.9
0.3
0.2 
Investments
15
–
–
63.8
63.8
Amounts owed by group undertakings
15
–
–
105.4
22.3
Employee benefits
24
39.4
32.2
39.4
32.2
Deferred tax assets 
16 
5.3
0.9
–
–
178.1
67.9
210.6
120.5
Current assets
Inventories
17 
15.9
11.1
–
–
Trade and other receivables
19
59.4
46.8
5.3
11.7
Current tax assets
10
0.8
1.1
0.8
–
Cash and cash equivalents
21
18.2
11.0
0.5
0.4
94.3
70.0
6.6
12.1
Current liabilities
Lease liabilities
27
(2.2)
(1.3)
(0.1)
–
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
20
(41.2)
(8.0)
(40.0)
(8.0)
Trade and other payables
22
(72.1)
(43.8)
(45.5)
(45.5)
Current tax liabilities
10
(2.2)
(0.9)
–
–
Provisions
23
(2.8)
(0.9)
–
–
(120.5)
(54.9)
(85.6)
(53.5)
Net current assets/(liabilities)
(26.2)
15.1
(79.0)
(41.4)
Total assets less current liabilities
151.9
83.0
131.6
79.1
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
20 
(14.5)
(0.9)
(7.9)
(0.9)
Employee benefits
24
(1.5)
(1.8)
–
–
Other payables
22
(1.3)
–
–
–
Deferred tax liabilities
16
(19.1)
(11.4)
(9.6)
(11.3)
Lease liabilities
27
(7.5)
(4.9)
(0.2)
(0.3) 
(43.9)
(19.0)
(17.7)
(12.5)
Net assets
108.0
64.0
113.9
66.6
Equity
Issued capital
25
7.5
5.1
7.5
5.1
Share premium
61.8
26.0
61.8
26.0
Reserves
3.6
3.8
3.9
3.9
Retained earnings
35.1
29.1
40.7
31.6
Total equity
108.0
64.0
113.9
66.6
The Company has taken the exemption conferred by s.408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to publish the income statement of the Company with these consolidated accounts. The Company 
profit for the year was £2.5m (2023: £2.1m). These financial statements were approved by the Directors on 28 April 2025 and signed on their behalf by:
Adam Holland 
Director
Will Wilkins 
Director
Registered number: 124855

02 Strategic report
67
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Statements of cash flow
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Group
Company
Note
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Operating activities
Operating profit/(loss)
3.4
3.9
–
–
Non-underlying items included in operating profit
5
8.6
3.9
4.5
1.7
Amortisation of internally developed intangible assets
12
1.0
0.8
0.5
0.4
Depreciation
13,27
2.3
2.1
0.1
0.1
Pension payments
24
(2.3)
(2.3)
(1.9)
(2.1)
Working capital movements:
– decrease/(increase) in inventories
1.3
(1.7)
–
–
– decrease in contract assets
3.6
1.7
–
–
– (increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
2.0
(0.3)
4.4
3.9
– increase in trade and other payables
0.6
1.8
0.6
(1.4)
– decrease in provisions
(0.2)
(0.1)
–
–
– (decrease)/increase in contract liabilities
(14.7)
3.3
–
–
Cash flows from continuing operations before reorganisation
5.6
13.1
8.2
2.6
Acquisition and reorganisation costs paid
(1.4)
(0.8)
(1.1)
(0.4)
Cash flows from operations
4.2
12.3
7.1
2.2
Taxation paid
(1.6)
(1.1)
–
–
Cash flows from operating activities
2.6
11.2
7.1
2.2
Investing activities
Capitalised development expenditure
12
(3.1)
(1.5)
(0.2)
(0.2)
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
13
(1.9)
(1.1)
–
(0.3)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
0.4
–
–
–
Loans with subsidiaries
–
–
(73.7)
(0.2)
Net cash flow on acquisition of subsidiaries
31
(54.9)
–
–
–
Cash flows used in investing activities
(59.5)
(2.6)
(73.9)
(0.7)
Financing activities
Interest paid
(1.2)
(0.7)
(1.0)
(0.6)
Proceeds from borrowings
38.5
–
38.5
–
Proceeds from equity raise
25
28.4
–
28.4
Principal elements of lease payments
(1.2)
(1.1)
–
–
Cash flows from/(used in) financing activities
64.5
(1.8)
65.9
(0.6)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
21
7.6
6.8
(0.9)
0.9
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
11.0
4.2
0.4
(0.3)
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held
(0.4)
–
1.0
(0.2)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December
18.2
11.0
0.5
0.4
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Cash and cash equivalents as at 31 December comprise:
Cash at bank and in hand
18.2
11.0
0.5
0.4
Bank overdrafts
–
–
–
–
18.2
11.0
0.5
0.4

02 Strategic report
68
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
The significant accounting policies as set out below apply to both the Group and Company 
financial statements, as appropriate.
Basis of accounting
Mpac Group plc (the “Company”) is a company incorporated and domiciled in the UK. The 
Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together 
referred to as the Group).
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the financial 
statements is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting standards and, as 
regards the Company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of 
the Companies Act 2006.
The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except that 
derivative financial instruments, principally forward foreign exchange contracts, are stated at 
fair value and non-current assets are stated at the lower of previous carrying amount and fair 
value less costs to sell.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with international accounting 
standards requires the Directors to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and 
expenses. The estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and other 
factors considered reasonable at the time, but actual results may differ from these estimates. 
Revisions to these estimates are made in the period in which they are recognised.
The accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation applied by the Group and 
Company in these financial statements are in the main consistent with those applied in the 
2023 financial statements. No new accounting standards have been adopted in the year. A 
number of amendments to accounting standards became effective during the period, but did 
not have a material impact on the Group’s and Company’s accounting policies.
IFRS 16 Leases
The Group leases various factories, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are typically 
made for fixed periods of three to five years for equipment and 10-20 years for properties. 
These may have extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and 
contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose 
any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes. An 
assessment of how likely it is for the option to extend the lease to be exercised is performed 
and if it is determined that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the option then the 
term covered by the option is included in the lease term.
Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the lease 
commencement date. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. 
The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant 
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-
of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a 
straight-line basis.
IFRS 16 requires the capital element of the leases to be disclosed as a financing cost, with the 
amortisation of the assets being treated as a non-cash item.
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease 
liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments (where they exist 
within a lease):
	fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives 
receivable;
	variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;
	amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;
	the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that 
option; and
	payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee 
exercising that option.
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate 
cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the 
lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in 
a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions.
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, comprising the following:
	the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
	any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives 
received;
	any initial direct costs; and
	restoration costs.
Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on 
a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease 
term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise small items of workshop equipment, 
office furniture and machines.
Derivative financial instruments
The Group’s derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value and are summarised 
below.
The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to mitigate exchange rate exposure 
arising from forecast trade receivables in currencies other than the functional currency of the 
operating entity.
Hedge effectiveness is determined at inception of the hedge relationship and at every 
reporting year end through the assessment of the hedged items and hedging instrument to 
determine whether there is still an economic relationship between the two.
The critical terms of the foreign currency forwards entered into exactly match the terms of 
the hedged item.
Hedge ineffectiveness may arise if the critical terms of the forecast transaction no longer meet 
those of the hedging instrument, for example, if there was a change in the timing of the forecast 
transactions from what was initially estimated.
Accounting policies

02 Strategic report
69
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
The hedged items and the hedging instrument are denominated in the same currency and, 
as a result, the hedging ratio is always one to one. All forward exchange contracts had been 
designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges under IFRS 9.
All derivative financial instruments used for hedge accounting are recognised initially at fair 
value and reported subsequently at fair value in the statement of financial position.
To the extent that the hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of derivatives designated 
as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income 
and included within the cash flow hedge reserve in equity. Any ineffectiveness in the hedge 
relationship is recognised immediately in the income statement.
At the time the hedged item affects profit or loss, any gain or loss previously recognised in 
other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and presented as a 
reclassification adjustment within other comprehensive income.
If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, any related gain or loss recognised 
in other comprehensive income is transferred immediately to the income statement. If 
the hedging relationship ceases to meet the effectiveness conditions, hedge accounting 
is discontinued, and the related gain or loss is held in the equity reserve until the forecast 
transaction occurs.
Non-underlying items and alternative performance measures
Non-underlying items are income and expenditure that, because of the nature of the item, 
merit separate presentation in the income statement to allow a better understanding of the 
Group’s financial performance by facilitating comparisons with prior periods and assessments 
of trends in financial performance.
Non-underlying items may include, but are not limited to, the impact on the income statement 
of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes including administration charges and 
pension interest, acquisition or disposal costs and the amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets, significant reorganisation costs, profits or losses arising on discontinued operations, 
significant impairments of tangible or intangible assets and related taxation. The Group elects 
to include costs relating to the defined benefit pension scheme in non-underlying as there is 
only one active employee of the Group in the scheme, so the costs would be immaterial to the 
Group should the scheme not exist.
Accordingly, the Group uses alternative performance measures (“APMs”), in addition to those 
reported under IFRS, as management believe these measures enable the users of these 
financial statements to better assess the underlying trading performance of the Group. The 
APMs used include underlying operating profit, underlying profit before tax and underlying 
earnings per share.
A full breakdown of non-underlying items is provided in note 5 to the financial statements, 
and a reconciliation of underlying profit back to the closest IFRS measure is provided as part 
of note 11, which also includes a reconciliation of underlying EPS back to its closest IFRS 
measure.
Recent accounting developments
At the date of this report, there were no new standards in issue which were relevant to the 
Group and Company.
Going concern
The Group’s activities together with the factors likely to affect its future development, 
performance and position are described within the Operating review on pages 9 to 17, 
Financial review on pages 18 to 20 and in the Principal risks and uncertainties on pages 21 to 
25.
The Directors have considered the trading outlook of the Group and Company for a 24 month 
period ending 31 December 2026, its financial position, including its cash resources and access 
to borrowings, as set out in the Financial review on pages 18 to 21 and in note 20 to the accounts 
on page 88, and its continuing obligations, including to its defined benefit pension schemes, 
details of which are set out in note 24 to the accounts on pages 90 to 94. Having made due 
enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.
For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements.
Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements comprise the consolidated results of the Company and all 
of its subsidiary companies together with the Group’s share of the results of its associated 
companies on an equity accounting basis. A separate income statement dealing only with 
the results of the Company has not been presented in accordance with section 408 of the 
Companies Act 2006.
A subsidiary is a company controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Group. Control is the 
power to govern the financial and operating policies of the subsidiary company so as to 
obtain benefits from its activities. A subsidiary’s results are included in the Group financial 
statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.
Intra-group balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income and expenses arising 
from intra-group transactions are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial 
statements.
Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, 
regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired.
The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the:
	fair values of the assets transferred;
	liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business;
	fair value of equity interests issued by the Group;
	fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement; and
	fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business 
combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the 
acquisition date.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

02 Strategic report
70
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued
The excess of the:
	consideration transferred;
	amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity; and
	acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquired entity
over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Where 
settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future 
are discounted to their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is 
the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be 
obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.
Contingent consideration is classified as a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial 
liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in 
profit or loss.
Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the 
date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at 
the statement of financial position date are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at 
that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the income 
statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in 
a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value 
are translated at foreign exchange rates ruling at the date the fair value was determined.
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments 
arising on consolidation, are translated at foreign exchange rates ruling at the statement of 
financial position date.
The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for the 
year where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of the 
transactions.
Exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign operations, and of related 
qualifying hedges, are taken directly to the translation reserve. They are released into the 
income statement upon disposal.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the 
Group’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the subsidiary or 
associated undertaking at the date of acquisition.
Goodwill is recognised as an asset and is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at 
least annually on the basis of its value in use. Any impairment is recognised immediately 
through the income statement and is not subsequently reversed. Impairment losses 
recognised are allocated first to reduce the carrying value of the goodwill the business 
relates to, and then to reduce the carrying value of the other assets of that business on a 
pro-rata basis.
Annual impairment reviews of goodwill are undertaken and are determined from value in 
use calculations for each cash generating unit (“CGU”) using cash flow projections based 
on the latest three-year plan approved by the Board. The key assumptions for the value in 
use calculations are those regarding discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to 
selling prices and direct costs during the period and are consistent with external sources 
of information and the Board’s view of long-term growth. Cash flows beyond the period of 
the projections are extrapolated at growth rates that do not exceed the long-term average 
growth rate for the relevant countries. The discount rate applied to the cash flow forecasts 
for each CGU is based on a market participant’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of 
between 13.6% to 14.4%, dependent on the CGU being assessed (2023: 11.8% to 17.9%).
On disposal of a subsidiary or associated undertaking, the attributable amount of goodwill is 
included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.
Research and development
Research and development and related product development costs are charged to the 
income statement in the year in which they are incurred unless they are specifically 
chargeable to and recoverable from customers under agreed contract terms or the 
expenditure meets the criteria for capitalisation.
Where the expenditure relates to the development of a new product for which the technical 
feasibility and commercial viability of the product is identified, where development costs can 
be measured reliably and where future economic benefits are probable, development costs 
are capitalised and amortised over their useful economic lives, up to a maximum of ten years. 
The expenditure capitalised includes costs of materials, direct labour and an appropriate 
proportion of overheads. Such intangible assets are assessed for indicators of impairment at 
least annually and any impairment is charged to the income statement.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are valued at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment 
charges and amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic life which 
is set on an item by item basis. All intangible assets are tested for indicators of impairment at 
least annually and any impairment is charged to the income statement.
The estimated useful economic lives of the Group’s intangible assets are as follows:
Acquired intangible assets	
– 8 to 10 years
Product development	
– 3 to 10 years
Software development	
– 5 years

02 Strategic report
71
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost or deemed cost less accumulated 
depreciation and any provision for impairment in value.
Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis to write off the cost, less the estimated 
residual value, of property, plant and equipment over its estimated useful life.
The annual depreciation rates used are as follows:
Freehold land	
– nil
Freehold buildings	
– 3% on cost or deemed cost
Leasehold property	
– over life of lease
Plant and machinery	
– 8% to 25%
Fixtures, fittings and vehicles	– 10% to 33%
The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed at least annually for 
indicators of impairment. Any change in value arising from impairment is charged or 
credited (up to the carrying value prior to any previous impairment) to the income 
statement for the year.
The useful lives and residual value of the Group’s fixed assets are reviewed at least annually.
Investment property
Investment property, which is property held to earn rentals and/or for capital appreciation, 
is stated at cost. Depreciation is based on cost less residual value over its estimated useful 
life. Where the expected residual value exceeds cost no depreciation is provided. Investment 
property is valued annually for monitoring purposes only.
Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are held at cost less provision for any impairment 
in value. The carrying value of investments in subsidiary undertakings are reviewed at least 
annually for indicators of impairment.
Revenue and contracts
Revenue
Revenue represents income derived from contracts for the provision of goods and services by 
the Group and its subsidiary undertakings to customers in exchange for consideration in the 
ordinary course of the Group’s activities.
Revenue is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement when the performance 
obligations in the contract with the customer are met.
Performance obligations
A proportion of the Group’s contracts recognised over time comprise a variety of promises 
within the contracts, including, but not limited to, design and engineering, procurement, 
machinery testing, delivery, installation and commissioning and after sales services.
Under IFRS 15, the Group must evaluate the separability of the promised goods or services 
based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is ‘distinct’ if both:
	the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other readily 
available resources; and
	it is separately identifiable (i.e. the Group does not provide a significant service integrating, 
modifying or customising it).
It is the Group’s judgement that the vast majority of promises included within contracts to 
customers are not distinct because a customer cannot benefit from certain promises being 
fulfilled without others; therefore, promises are bundled into set performance obligations. For 
the majority of contracts, design, procurement, engineering and manufacture are considered 
to be one performance obligation, installation and commissioning are considered to be one 
performance obligation and after sales contracts are generally negotiated and entered into at 
a later date and considered to be a separable performance obligation. 
Where contracts include more than one performance obligation, the transaction price is 
allocated on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. The stand-alone selling price is normally 
determined based on the observable price of a good or service when the Group sells that 
good or service separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. If an observable 
price is not available, the stand-alone selling price is determined based on an expected cost 
plus margin approach.
Transaction price
At the start of the contract, the total transaction price is estimated as the amount of 
consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring the 
promised goods and services to the customer, excluding sales taxes. The transaction price 
does not include estimates of consideration resulting from contract modifications, such as 
change orders, until they have been approved by the parties to the contract.
The transaction price is calculated after taking into account variable consideration. Variable 
consideration includes, but is not limited to rebates and penalties.
In determining the transaction price, variable consideration linked to potential penalties 
or rebates arising under the terms of a contract is included only to the extent it is highly 
probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will 
not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently 
resolved. Variable consideration is estimated using the “most likely amount” method.
Product warranties are included as part of the standard terms and conditions of the majority 
of contracts; however, are not sold separately and; therefore, do not constitute a separate 
performance obligation. Product warranty provisions are accounted for based on historical 
data and a weighting of all possible outcomes against their associated possibilities.

02 Strategic report
72
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued
Revenue and profit recognition
Revenue is recognised as performance obligations are satisfied as control of the goods and 
services is transferred to the customer. For each performance obligation within a contract, 
the Group determines whether it is satisfied over time or at a point in time. Performance 
obligations are satisfied over time if one of the following criteria is satisfied:
	the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Group’s 
performance as it performs;
	the Group’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls as the 
asset is created or enhanced; or
	the Group’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Group and 
it has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.
With the exception of the supply of spare parts, installation services and certain other 
service-based contracts, all of Mpac’s contracts are accounted for over time. Supply of spare 
parts and installation services are recognised once the supply or service is complete. Those 
recognised over time satisfy the third criteria, above.
For each performance obligation to be recognised over time, the Group recognises revenue 
using an input method, based on labour hours incurred in the period. Labour hours have 
been selected as the most faithful depiction of progress (and hence the transfer of goods 
and services) as this most accurately reflects how Mpac provides value to the customer. 
Mpac delivers innovative, efficient, and technically robust solutions, with the time allocated to 
projects of Mpac engineers and technicians being the main driver to bring projects to fruition. 
Material costs incurred are not considered to be proportionate to the Group’s progress in 
satisfying progress on contracts for which revenue is recognised over time and therefore 
revenue in respect of materials is recognised at an amount equal to the cost of goods used to 
satisfy the performance obligation. Material costs are recognised on contracts as incurred. 
Revenue and attributable margin are calculated by reference to reliable estimates of the total 
labour hours and labour hours to be incurred, after making suitable allowances for technical 
and other risks. Revenue and associated margin are therefore recognised progressively 
as labour hours are incurred, and as risks have been mitigated or retired. The Group has 
determined that this method faithfully depicts the Group’s performance in transferring control 
of the goods and services to the customer.
If the over time criteria for revenue recognition are not met, revenue is recognised at the point 
in time that control is transferred to the customer, which is usually when legal title passes to 
the customer and the business has the right to payment, for example, on delivery.
Contract modifications
The Group’s contracts are often amended for changes in customers’ requirements and 
specifications. A contract modification exists when the parties to the contract approve a 
modification that either changes existing or creates new enforceable rights and obligations. 
The effect of a contract modification on the transaction price and the Group’s measure 
of progress towards the satisfaction of the performance obligation to which it relates is 
recognised in one of the following ways:
1.	 prospectively as an additional, separate contract;
2.	 prospectively as a termination of the existing contract and creation of a new contract; or
3.	 as part of the original contract using a cumulative catch-up.
The majority of the Group’s contract modifications are treated under 3 (for example, a change 
in the specification of the distinct goods or services for a partially completed contract), 
although the facts and circumstances of any contract modification are considered individually 
as the types of modifications will vary contract-by-contract and may result in different 
accounting outcomes.
Costs to obtain a contract
The Group does not typically incur costs to obtain contracts that it would not have incurred 
had the contracts not been awarded, such as sales commission.
Costs to fulfil a contract
Contract fulfilment costs in respect of over time contracts are expensed as incurred. Contract 
fulfilment costs in respect of point in time contracts are accounted for under IFRS 15.95 and 
are recognised as contract fulfilment assets providing they: 
	are not within the scope of other standards; 
	relate directly to a contract (or an anticipated contract); 
	generate or enhance resources that will be used in satisfying performance obligations in the 
future; and
	are expected to be recovered from the customer.
Contract fulfilment assets are expensed at the point the corresponding revenue is recognised. 
Where assets have been recognised in respect of costs to fulfil a contract, these are tested 
for impairment under IFRS 15.
Contract assets
A contract asset is a right to consideration conditional on something other than the passage 
of time. Contract assets are tested for impairment under IFRS 9.
Contract liabilities
The contract liabilities represent the obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for 
which consideration has been received, or consideration is due, from the customer.

02 Strategic report
73
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Inventories
Inventories includes raw materials, work in progress and finished goods recognised in 
accordance with IAS 2 in respect of contracts with customers which have been determined to 
fulfil the criteria for point in time revenue recognition under IFRS 15. Inventories are stated at 
the lower of cost, including all relevant overhead expenditure, and net realisable value. 
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and short-term fixed deposits, and for the 
statements of cash flows they also include bank overdrafts. Short-term deposits all have 
a maturity of less than 3 months from the date of acquisition.
Share capital
When share capital is repurchased, the amount of consideration paid, including directly 
attributable costs, is recognised as a change in equity. Repurchased shares are classified as 
treasury shares and presented as a deduction from total equity.
Preference share capital is classified as a liability as dividend payments are not discretionary.
Dividends on the preference shares are disclosed as interest charges, are recognised as a 
liability and are accounted for on an accruals basis. Dividends on ordinary shares are only 
recognised in the period in which they are paid.
Where shares are issued in exchange for cash, the proceeds received from the equity raise 
are recognised as an increase in equity, specifically under Share Capital and Share Premium. 
The nominal value of the shares are recorded in Share Capital and any excess over the 
nominal value will be credited to Share Premium.
Any incremental costs directly attributable to the equity raise, including legal, underwriting 
and advisory fees, will be recognised as reduction in equity, in line with IAS 32.
Where shares are issued for non-cash consideratiom to a third party (such as in connection 
with an acquisition), these are valued at the prevailing share price at the date of issue, 
notwithstanding any valuation applied within the transaction documents. Any excess of the 
market value over the nominal value of the shares is credited to Share Premium.
Financial instruments
IFRS 9 Financial instruments requires the classification of financial instruments into different 
types for which the accounting requirement is different. The Group has classified its financial 
instruments as follows:
	short-term fixed deposits, principally comprising funds held with banks and other financial 
institutions;
	trade and other receivables are held at amortised cost;
	trade and other payables are held at amortised cost;
	borrowings are classified as other liabilities held at amortised cost; and
	derivatives, comprising forward foreign exchange contracts and the deferred contingent 
consideration on acquisition are classified as instruments with fair value through profit or loss.
Financial instruments are initially measured at fair value. Their subsequent measurement 
depends on their classification:
	loans and receivables and other liabilities are held at amortised cost; and
	instruments that are measured at fair value through profit or loss. Changes in fair value are 
included in the income statement unless the instrument is included in a cash flow hedge.
The Group applies cash flow hedge accounting to forward foreign exchange contracts, held 
to reduce the exposure to movements in the future value of foreign currency receipts and 
payments.
For those contracts included in an effective cash flow hedging relationship, changes in the fair 
value of the hedging instrument are recognised in other comprehensive income and taken to 
equity. When the hedged forecast transaction occurs, amounts previously recorded in equity 
are recognised in the income statement. Any ineffectiveness in the hedging arrangement is 
included in the income statement.
Trade and other receivables and contract assets
The Group makes use of a simplified approach in accounting for trade and other receivables 
as well as contract assets, recording the loss allowance as lifetime expected credit losses. 
These are the expected shortfalls in contractual cash flows, considering the potential for 
default at any point during the life of the financial instrument. In calculating the lifetime 
credit losses, the Group uses its historical experience, external indicators and forward looking 
information to calculate the expected losses. Refer to note 26 for further details.
Post-retirement and other employee benefits
The Group and Company account for pensions and other post-retirement benefits under IAS 
19 Employee benefits.
For defined benefit schemes, the net obligation is calculated separately for each scheme 
by estimating the amount of future benefits that employees have earned in return for their 
service in the current and prior periods. The benefit is discounted to determine its present 
value, and the fair value of the schemes’ assets (at bid price) is deducted. The liability discount 
rate is either the yield at the statement of financial position date on AA credit rated bonds 
that have maturity dates approximating to the terms of the obligations or by a cash flow 
matching method reflecting the duration of the liabilities, whichever more accurately reflects 
the schemes’ pattern of cash flows. The calculations are performed by qualified actuaries 
using the projected unit credit method. The expense of administering the pension schemes 
and financing income/expense of the schemes are recognised in the income statement. Past 
service costs/credits and curtailment costs/credits are recognised in the periods in which 
they arise. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in the period in which they arise in other 
comprehensive income.
Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged to the income statement as incurred.
The net obligation in respect of long-term service benefits, other than pension plans, is the 
amount of the future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the 
current and prior periods. Obligations are measured at their present value.

02 Strategic report
74
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued
Share-based payments
The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Share- based payments.
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. These are 
measured at their fair value at the date of grant and are expensed on a straight-line basis over 
the vesting period, based on an estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest, and 
adjusted for the effect of non-market related conditions.
Charges made to the income statement in respect of share-based payments are credited to 
retained earnings.
Provisions
A provision is recognised when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of 
a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle 
the obligation.
Interest receivable
Interest receivable is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method 
as defined in IFRS 9 Financial instruments.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of 
qualifying assets are added to the cost of those assets.
All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they 
are incurred.
Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised 
in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other 
comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in the statements of comprehensive 
income, or to items recorded directly in equity in which case it is recorded directly in equity.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates 
enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date, and any 
adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding 
tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit and is accounted for using the balance 
sheet liability method.
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and 
deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be 
available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and 
liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of 
goodwill; the initial recognition of other assets and liabilities that affect neither the taxable profit 
nor the accounting profit; and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and 
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be 
available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when 
the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on tax laws and rates that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is charged or 
credited to the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited in 
other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other 
comprehensive income.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off 
current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied 
by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and 
liabilities on a net basis.
Government grants
Grants from the government are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable 
assurance that the grant will be received and the Group will comply with all attached 
conditions. Government grants relating to costs are deferred and recognised in profit or 
loss over the period necessary to match them with the costs that they are intended to 
compensate. 
Operating segments
An operating segment is a component of the Group that is engaged in business activities 
from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and for which discrete financial 
information is available. All operating segments’ results are regularly reviewed by the 
Group’s chief operating decision maker, which is the Board of Directors, in order to assess 
performance and make decisions about the allocation of resources to each segment.
Errors
Where errors are discovered in respect of prior periods, adjustments are made in accordance 
with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and revised 
statements are presented as required. Where adjustments are made, the heading at the top 
of the note will state ‘Restated’ and a separate note detailing the nature, amount of correction 
and a reconciliation between the balances provided. Where appropriate, a statement of 
financial position for the opening position will be presented.

02 Strategic report
75
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts
1.  Revenue and operating segments
All revenue information is prepared in accordance with the Group accounting policies shown on pages 71 to 72.
The following is a description of the principal activities, separated by reportable segments, from which the Group generates its revenue. The Board identifies the reportable segments as the 
ones for which it regularly reviews financial information to assess their performance and make decisions around strategy and resource allocation.
Original Equipment (“OE”)
The OE segments of the Group principally generate revenue from the make, pack and test of high-speed packaging solutions, first-of-a-kind machinery and high specification automation, 
secondary packaging equipment and at line instrumentation solutions. The typical length of a contract for OE Equipment is 4 to 12 months but may be up to 48 months. The contracts are 
accounted for over time unless the installation and commissioning consideration of the contact is a distinct performance obligation that could be undertaken by a third party, in which case the 
contract is disaggregated with the equipment consideration recognised over time and the installation consideration is recognised at a point in time. Where contracts are recognised over time, 
the consideration recognised is based on an estimate of labour costs completed at the statement of financial position date as a proportion of total expected labour costs for the contract.
Service
The Service segment of the Group generates revenue from sales of spare parts and providing service engineers and support staff to customers enabling them to maximise the benefits of 
their high-speed packaging solutions, first-of-a-kind machinery and high-specification automation, secondary packaging equipment, end-of-line robotics and at line instrumentation solutions. 
Service contracts are usually short-term contracts and either have a fixed price or are based on time and materials.
The Group’s revenue reflects the basis of the Group’s management and internal reporting structure. A commentary on the performance of the operating segments during the year is provided 
in the Operating review on pages 9 to 17.
In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by primary geographical market, major product lines, sector and timing of revenue recognition.
Disaggregation of revenue
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Sector
Healthcare
43.7
41.6
Food and beverage
52.1
45.8
Other
26.6
26.8
Total
122.4
114.2
Timing of revenue recognition
Products and services transferred at a point in time
29.1
34.0
Products and services transferred over time
93.3
80.2
Total
122.4
114.2
The Group disaggregates revenue of OE and Service, together with the regional split, Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific.
Information regarding the results of each operating segment is included overleaf. Performance is measured based on underlying segment gross profit. Unallocated items comprise distribution 
and administrative expenditure. The unallocated items are excluded from segment profit or loss as they are not region specific.

02 Strategic report
76
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
1.  Revenue and operating segments continued
The measurement of segment assets and liabilities excludes central items that are not allocated to the regions. Unallocated items comprise mainly of goodwill and acquired intangible assets, 
net debt/funds (excluding the lease liabilities), pension assets/liabilities, taxation balances and net liabilities attributable to the Group’s Head Office.
Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the year to acquire segment assets that are expected to be used for more than one period.
Segment information
2024
2023
OE 
£m
Service 
£m
Total 
£m
OE 
£m
Service 
£m
Total 
£m
Revenue
Americas
44.9
15.4
60.3
40.8
15.9
56.7
EMEA
33.8
13.1
46.9
34.0
13.8
47.8
Asia Pacific
12.5
2.7
15.2
7.6
2.1
9.7
Total
91.2
31.2
122.4
82.4
31.8
114.2
Gross profit
21.7
15.1
36.8
18.6
13.0
31.6
Selling, distribution and administration
(24.8)
(23.8)
Underlying operating profit
12.0
7.8
Unallocated non-underlying items included 
in operating profit
(8.6)
(3.9)
Operating profit
3.4
3.9
Net financing income/(expense)
-
0.8
Profit before tax
3.4
4.7
2024
2023
Segment 
assets
Segment 
liabilities
Segment  
net assets/(liabilities)
Segment 
assets
Segment 
liabilities
Segment  
net assets
Americas
31.7
(20.2)
11.5
31.5
(19.0)
12.5
EMEA
85.0
(139.7)
(54.7)
53.5
(41.3)
12.2
Asia
2.0
(0.8)
1.2
0.9
(0.3)
0.6
Total
118.7
(160.7)
(42.0)
85.9
(60.6)
25.3
Unallocated net assets
150.0
38.7
Total net assets
108.0
64.0

02 Strategic report
77
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
1.  Revenue and operating segments continued
Geographical information
By location of customer
Revenue
2024 
£m
2024 
%
2023 
£m
 2023 
%
UK
15.1
12
18.4
16
Europe (excl. UK)
29.1
24
28.4
25
Africa and Middle East
2.7
2
1.1
1
USA
52.7
43
49.8
44
Americas (excl. USA)
7.6
6
6.8
6
Asia Pacific
15.2
13
9.7
8
122.4
100
114.2
100
The contract balances that relate to the revenue traded above are disclosed in note 18.
By location of assets
Non-current assets 
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
UK
60.0
58.2
Canada and USA
26.1
5.7
Rest of the world
90.0
4.2
176.1
68.1
2.  Major customers
In 2024, the Group generated 19.6% (2023: 21.9%) of revenue from two customers. The most significant customer accounted for 12.2% (2023: 13.9%) of Group revenue. The sales constituted 
both equipment and service, and were spread across a number of different geographic regions.
3.  Other operating (income)/expense
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Research and development costs (expensed as incurred)
1.0
1.2
Research and development UK tax credit
(1.8)
(0.8)
(0.8)
0.4

02 Strategic report
78
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
4.  Operating profit
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Operating profit is arrived at after charging/(crediting):
Amortisation of software and product development (Note 12)
1.0
0.8
Depreciation of owned assets (Note 13)
1.1
0.9
Depreciation of right of use assets (Note 27)
1.2
1.2
Employee benefits (Company £2.6m; 2023: £2.8m) (Note 6)
40.9
34.0
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
48.5
55.3
Distribution and transport costs
1.6
1.5
Operating lease charges (Note 27)
–
–
Sales, marketing and office expenses
8.9
7.3
Product development expensed
1.0
1.2
Administrative expenses
15.1
14.6
Non-underlying amortisation of acquired intangible assets (Note 12)
2.1
1.6
Other non-underlying items (Note 5)
6.5
2.3
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual Financial Statements
0.1
0.1
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
0.6
0.3
Other fees paid to the current auditor
– audit related assurance services*
–
–
– taxation compliance or other services**
–
–
* Audit related assurance services include £35,000 (2023: £30,000) for the review of the half-year report.
** The current auditor does not provide non-audit services to the Group.
5.  Non-underlying items
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Non-underlying items
Acquisition costs
(3.5)
–
Reorganisation costs
–
(1.2)
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
(2.1)
(1.6)
Impairment of intangible assets
(1.0)
–
Freyr contract termination costs
(0.6)
–
Defined benefit pension schemes administration costs
(1.4)
(1.1)
Total non-underlying operating expenditure
(8.6)
(3.9)
Net financing income on pension scheme balances
1.4
1.5
Total non-underlying expense before tax
(7.2)
(2.4)
Deferred tax on acquired intangible assets
–
–
Deferred tax on pension scheme costs
0.7
(0.2)
Total non-underlying expense after tax
(6.5)
(2.6)
The Group uses alternative performance measures (“APMs”), in addition to those reported under IFRS, as management believe these measures enable the users of financial statements to 
assess the underlying trading performance of the business. The APMs used include underlying operating profit, underlying profit before tax and underlying earnings per share. These measures 
are calculated using the relevant IFRS measure as adjusted for non-underlying income/(expenditure) listed above. 
These measures are not defined by UK IAS and therefore may not be directly comparable to similar measures adopted by other companies. These alternative performance measures should be 
considered in addition to, and are not intended to be a substitute for or superior to, UK IAS measures but provide useful information on the performance of the Group and underlying trends.

02 Strategic report
79
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
6.  Employee information
Period end
Average
2024
2023
2024
2023
The number of people employed by the Group was:
Americas
220
147
173
146
EMEA
783
330
380
316
Asia Pacific
14
14
14
14
Head Office
20
17
20
16
Total 
1,037
508
587
492
Period end
Average
2024
2023
2024
2023
The number of people employed by the Company in EMEA was:
20
17
20
16
Group
Company
2024
2023
2024
2023
Employment costs were:
Wages and salaries
32.9
27.3
2.0
2.3
Social security costs
5.6
4.7
0.3
0.2
Employee benefits
– defined contribution schemes
2.4
2.0
0.3
0.3
– equity-settled share-based transactions
–
–
–
–
40.9
34.0
2.6
2.8
The costs of the defined benefit pension schemes are disclosed in note 24.
£2.1m of employment costs were capitalised in the year in relation to product development.
7.  Emoluments of Directors and interests in shares
Information on the emoluments of the Directors (page 41), together with information regarding the beneficial interests of the Directors and persons connected with them in the ordinary shares 
of the Company, is included in the Remuneration report on pages 41 to 47.

02 Strategic report
80
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
8.  Net financing (expense)/income
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Financial income:
Amounts receivable on cash and cash equivalents
–
–
Net interest received on pension scheme balances
1.4
1.5
1.4
1.5
Financial expenses:
Preference dividends paid
(0.1)
(0.1)
Interest on borrowings
(1.1)
(0.5)
Lease interest (IFRS 16)
(0.2)
(0.1)
(1.4)
(0.7)
Net financing (expense)/income
–
0.8
Net interest received on pension scheme balances is included in non-underlying items.
9.  Taxation
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Tax charge/(credit):
Current tax
2.7
1.8
Deferred tax
(0.7)
0.2
Total 
2.0
2.0
Included within the total taxation is a tax credit of £0.7m (2023: charge of £0.2m) attributable to the non-underlying items set out in note 5.
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Profit before tax
3.4
4.7
Income tax using the UK corporation tax rate of 25.00% (2023: 25.00%)
0.9
1.2
Deferred tax movements on pension payments
–
–
Change in deferred tax rate on pension surplus
(0.7)
–
Tax adjustments related to prior periods
0.8
–
Tax effect of expenses that are not deductible in determining taxable profit
1.0
Change in unrecognised deferred tax assets
0.1
0.8
Foreign tax charged at higher rates than UK corporation tax rate
(0.1)
–
Total charge/(credit)
2.0
2.0
The main rate of UK corporation tax is 25% (2023: 25%) as enacted in the Finance Act 2022. The rate of deferred tax liability arising from the surplus in respect of the UK defined benefit pension 
scheme reduced from 35% to 25% with effect from 1 April 2024.
In view of probable timing of the utilisation of brought forward losses, deferred tax assets have not been recognised on tax losses and timing differences in respect of the Group companies in 
the UK.

02 Strategic report
81
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
9.  Taxation continued
Factors that may affect future tax charges
No changes to future tax rates have been announced which are anticipated to affect the Group’s tax rate. Closing deferred tax balances have therefore been valued at 25% (2023: 25%), 
including the deferred tax on the UK defined benefit pension scheme asset, which was previously valued at 35%.
Deferred tax charge/(credit) on items in other comprehensive (expense)/income
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Arising from actuarial gains/(losses)
1.6
–
Arising from the change in tax rate
(2.5)
–
Total
(0.9)
–
10.  Current tax assets and liabilities
Current tax assets of £0.8m (2023: £1.1m) and current tax liabilities of £2.2m (2023: £0.9m) for the Group, and current tax assets of £0.8m (2023: £nil) and current tax liabilities of £nil (2023: £nil) 
for the Company, represent the amount of income taxes recoverable and payable in respect of current and prior periods.
11.  Earnings per share
Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share
The calculation of basic earnings per ordinary share of 6.0p (2023: profit of 13.1p) is based upon the profit for the year of £1.4m (2023: profit of £2.7m) and the weighted average number 
of ordinary shares in issue during the year. The weighted average number of shares excludes shares held by the employee trust,if any, in respect of the Company’s deferred share plan 
arrangements.
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
The calculation of diluted earnings per ordinary share is based upon the profit for the year of £1.4m (2023: profit of £2.7m) and the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
during the year. The calculation of diluted earnings per ordinary share from continuing activities is based upon the profit for the period from continuing activities of £1.4m (2023: profit of £2.7m). 
For diluted earnings per ordinary share, the weighted average number of shares includes the diluting effect, if any, of own shares held by the employee trust. Where a loss is made in a period, 
the basic and diluted loss per share will be equal.
2024
2023
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (non-diluted) at 31 December
22,551,963
20,474,424
Effect of own shares and shares conditionally granted under the LTIP
60,486
–
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted) at 31 December
22,612,449
20,474,424
Underlying and diluted underlying earnings per share
Underlying earnings per ordinary share and diluted underlying earnings per ordinary share, which are calculated on profit before non-underlying items, amounted to 35.2p (2023: 26.2p) in 
respect of underlying earnings per share and 35.1p (2023: 26.2p) in respect of diluted underlying earnings per share.
The calculations of underlying earnings per ordinary share and diluted underlying earnings per ordinary share are based upon an underlying profit for the period of £7.9m (2023: £5.3m) which is 
calculated as follows:
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Profit/(loss) for the period
1.4
2.7
Non-underlying items (net of tax)
6.5
2.6
Underlying profit for the period
7.9
5.3

02 Strategic report
82
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
12.  Intangible assets
Group
Company
Goodwill 
£m
Acquired  
intangible  
assets 
£m
Product 
development  
£m
Software 
development  
£m
Assets 
under 
construction 
£m
Total 
£m
Software 
development  
£m
Assets 
under 
construction 
£m
Total 
£m
Cost:
Balance at 1 January 2023
13.2
14.2
5.3
3.2
–
35.9
1.9
–
1.9
Additions
–
–
0.9
0.7
–
1.6
0.2
–
0.2
Disposals
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
–
Reclassification
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Retranslation
–
(0.5)
(0.1)
–
–
(0.6)
–
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2023
13.2
13.7
6.0
3.9
–
36.8
2.1
–
2.1
Additions
60.9
33.8
2.5
0.6
–
97.8
0.2
–
0.2
Disposals
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Reclassification
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Impairment
–
–
(1.0)
–
–
(1.0)
–
–
–
Retranslation
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
(0.1)
–
(0.5)
–
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2024
74.1
47.3
7.3
4.4
–
133.1
2.3
–
2.3
Amortisation and impairment losses:
Balance at 1 January 2023
–
5.7
3.3
1.5
–
10.5
0.8
–
0.8
Amortisation for the period
–
1.6
0.3
0.5
–
2.4
0.4
–
0.4
Disposals
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
–
Reclassification
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Retranslation
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2023
–
7.3
3.5
2.0
–
12.8
1.2
–
1.2
Amortisation for the period
–
2.1
0.4
0.6
–
3.1
0.4
–
0.4
Disposals
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
–
Reclassification
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Retranslation
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2024
–
9.4
3.7
2.6
–
15.7
1.6
–
1.6
Carrying amounts:
At 31 December 2023
13.2
6.4
2.5
1.9
–
24.0
0.9
–
0.9
At 31 December 2024
74.1
37.9
3.6
1.8
–
117.4
0.7
–
0.7
The amortisation for development costs is included in cost of sales in the consolidated income statement. 
The carrying amounts of goodwill are £5.7m (2023: £5.7m) in respect of Mpac Lambert (acquired in 2019) £7.5m (2023: £7.5m) in respect of Switchback Group (acquired in 2020), £50.8m in 
respect of CSi Palletising (acquired in 2024) and £10.1m in respect of Boston Conveyor & Automation (acquired in 2024). The Group tests goodwill at least annually for impairment or more 
frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.
The recoverable amounts of the goodwill have been determined based on value in use calculations, using cash flow projections from the Group’s mid-range plan, the key assumptions included 
within this mid-range plan that affect the value in use calculations are revenue growth, margin growth and working capital requirements. These assumptions have been sensitised (as per 
Investments – note 15) as part of current year testing.
The discount and growth rates within these assumptions are estimated using a pre-tax weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”) that are indicative of current market assessments of the time 
value of money, based on risks specific to the market in which the Group operates. The primary reasons for differences in the rates between the CGUs are the differences in underlying risk-free 
rates and cost of debt across the geographical regions in which the Group’s CGUs are located.

02 Strategic report
83
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
12.  Intangible assets continued 
The calculation uses pre-tax cash flow projections from the 3 year mid-range plan for the period ending 31 December 2027. At the end of the discrete budget period, a terminal value is calculated 
based on terminal growth rate assumptions for each CGU. The WACC and terminal growth rates assessed for each CGU are 14.3% & 2.0% for the UK and 14.3% & 2.0% to 2.5% for the Americas, 
respectively. In respect of Switchback, the recoverable amount exceeds the carrying amount by £2.0m. If the WACC was increased by 2%, without any other changes, the carrying amount would equal 
the recoverable amount. Switchback is forecasting a 27% growth in revenue for the 2025-2027 period vs 2022 to 2024. If the revenue growth was reduced to 11%, without any other changes, the carrying 
amount would equal the recoverable amount. The forecast is considered achievableachievable due to management changes, investments in the site and the execution of a revised strategy. 
13.  Property, plant and equipment
Group
Company
Land and  
buildings 
£m
Plant and  
machinery 
£m
Fixtures,  
fittings and  
vehicles 
£m
Total 
£m
Land and  
buildings 
£m
Fixtures,  
fittings and  
vehicles 
£m
Total 
£m
Cost:
Balance at 1 January 2023
2.1
3.6
4.5
10.2
–
0.4
0.4
Additions
0.1
0.1
0.8
1.0
–
0.3
0.3
Disposals
–
(0.9)
–
(0.9)
–
–
–
Reclassification
–
(0.3)
0.3
–
–
–
–
Retranslation
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
–
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2023
2.2
2.5
5.5
10.2
–
0.7
0.7
Additions
0.7
0.5
0.7
1.9
–
–
–
Acquired through business combinations
0.1
0.2
1.1
1.4
–
–
–
Disposals
–
(0.8)
(0.7)
(1.5)
–
–
–
Reclassification
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Retranslation
–
(0.1)
(0.2)
(0.3)
–
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2024
3.0
2.3
6.4
11.7
–
0.7
0.7
Depreciation:
Balance at 1 January 2023
0.3
1.9
4.0
6.2
–
0.3
0.3
Charge for the period
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.9
–
0.1
0.1
Disposals
–
(0.9)
–
(0.9)
–
–
–
Reclassification
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Retranslation
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
–
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2023
0.4
1.3
4.4
6.1
–
0.4
0.4
Charge for the period
0.1
0.4
0.6
1.1
–
0.1
0.1
Disposals
–
(0.4)
(0.6)
(1.0)
–
–
–
Reclassification
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Retranslation
–
(0.1)
(0.2)
(0.3)
–
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2024
0.5
1.2
4.2
5.9
–
0.5
0.5
Carrying amounts:
At 31 December 2023
1.8
1.2
1.1
4.1
–
0.3
0.3
At 31 December 2024
2.5
1.1
2.2
5.8
–
0.2
0.2

02 Strategic report
84
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
14.  Investment property
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Balance at 1 January 2023 and 31 December 2023
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
Balance at 31 December 2024
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
Investment property is shown at cost. The fair value of the investment property at 31 December 2024 is £1.2m (2023: £1.2m) and has been arrived at on the basis of a valuation carried out 
by independent valuers, Wilks Head & Eve LLP. The valuation, which conforms to International Valuation Standards, was arrived at by reference to market evidence of transaction prices for 
similar properties.
15.  Investments
Cost of shares in subsidiaries
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Balance at 1 January
63.8
63.8
Movement in year
–
–
Balance at 31 December
63.8
63.8
The Company’s subsidiary undertakings are shown in note 32.
Impairment review of investments
The Group tests the carrying value of investments at least annually or more frequently if there are indications that the value might be impaired.
The recoverable amounts of the carrying value have been determined based on value in use calculations, using cash flow projections from the Group’s mid-range plan, the key assumptions included 
within this mid-range plan that affect the value in use calculations are revenue growth, margin growth and working capital requirements. These assumptions have been prudently sensitised as part of 
current year testing. The discount and growth rates within these assumptions are estimated using a pre-tax weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”) that are indicative of current market assessments 
of the time value of money, based on risks specific to the market in which the Group operates. The primary reasons for differences in the rates between the investments are the differences in underlying 
risk-free rates and cost of debt across the geographical regions in which the Group’s investments are located. The calculation uses pre-tax cash flow projections from the 3 year mid-range plan for the 
period ending 31 December 2027. At the end of the discrete budget period, a terminal value is calculated based on terminal growth rate assumptions for each investment.
The WACC and terminal growth rates assessed for each investment are 14.3% & 2.0% for the UK, 13.6% & 2.0% to 2.5% for the Netherlands and 14.3% & 2.0% to 2.5% for the Americas, respectively. 
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Amounts owed by Group undertakings for the Company are not repayable within 12 months of the year end of these financial statements.
A rate of interest of 2% above the HSBC base rate of the prevailing currency has been charged on the loans, resulting in an interest receivable of £2.0m in the year for the Company.

02 Strategic report
85
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
16.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:
Assets
Liabilities
Net
Group
2024 
£m
2023  
£m
2024 
£m
2023  
£m
2024 
£m
2023  
£m
Employee benefits
–
–
(9.6)
(11.4)
(9.6)
(11.4)
Tax losses / (gains)
5.3
2.2
(0.1)
–
5.2
0.9
Acquired intangible assets
–
–
(9.4)
(1.3)
(9.4)
–
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
5.3
2.2
(19.1)
(12.7)
(13.8)
(10.5)
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
5.3
2.2
(19.1)
(12.7)
(13.8)
(10.5)
Assets
Liabilities
Net
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Employee benefits
–
–
(9.6)
(11.3)
(9.6)
(11.3)
Deferred tax liabilities
–
–
(9.6)
(11.3)
(9.6)
(11.3)
Net deferred tax liabilities
–
–
(9.6)
(11.3)
(9.6)
(11.3)
Deferred tax is measured at the rates that are expected to apply in the period when the temporary differences are expected to reverse, based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.
No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and associates. As the earnings are continually reinvested by the Group, no tax is expected to be payable on 
them in the foreseeable future.
Unrecognised deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of temporary differences arising in certain subsidiary companies.
These assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the deferred tax asset can be utilised. At the year end, the Group had £8.8m of 
unrecognised deferred tax assets (2023: £10.1m) and the Company had £3.5m of unrecognised deferred tax assets (2023: £4.3m) which would become recoverable if the relevant companies were to 
make sufficient profits in the future. Under current tax legislation, these tax assets expire as follows:
Group
Expiry
2024 
£m
2023  
£m
10 to 20 years
–
–
No expiry date
8.8
10.1
8.8
10.1

02 Strategic report
86
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
16.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities continued
Movement in temporary differences during the year
Group
Balance at  
1 January  
2024 
£m
Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
Investment 
tax credits utilised
Recognised in 
other comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
Acquired as part of CSi 
and BCA acquisition 
£m
Balance at  
31 December  
2024 
£m
Employee benefits
(11.4)
0.9
–
0.9
–
(9.6)
Corporation tax losses
2.2
(0.4)
–
–
3.4
5.2
Acquired intangible assets
(1.3)
0.4
–
–
(8.5)
(9.4)
(10.5)
0.9
–
0.9
(5.1)
(13.8)
Group
Balance at  
1 January  
2023 
£m
Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
Investment 
tax credits utilised
Recognised in 
other comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
Recorded on  
acquisition 
£m
Balance at  
31 December  
2023 
£m
Employee benefits
(11.1)
(0.3)
–
–
–
(11.4)
Tax losses
2.9
(0.7)
–
–
–
2.2
Investment tax credits
0.2
–
(0.2)
–
–
–
Acquired intangible assets
(1.8)
0.5
–
–
–
(1.3)
(9.8)
(0.5)
(0.2)
–
–
(10.5)
Company
Balance at  
1 January 
2024 
£m
Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
Recognised in 
other comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
Balance at  
31 December  
2024 
£m
Employee benefits
(11.4)
0.9
0.9
(9.6)
(11.4)
0.9
0.9
(9.6)
Company
Balance at  
1 January 
2023 
£m
Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
Recognised in 
other comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
Balance at  
31 December  
2023 
£m
Employee benefits
(11.0)
(0.3)
–
(11.3)
(11.0)
(0.3)
–
(11.3)
17.  Inventories
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023  
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Work in progress and raw materials
9.0
4.0
–
–
Finished goods
6.9
7.1
–
–
15.9
11.1
–
–
An amount of £0.1m (2023: £nil) has been charged in the year in respect of inventory write-downs. Finished goods are stated net of a provision for obsolete and slow-moving inventory of £0.8m 
(2023: £0.5m)

02 Strategic report
87
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
18.  Contract assets and liabilities; contract fulfilment assets
The following table provides information about receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers traded over time.
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Receivables, which are included in ‘Trade and other receivables’
17.5
12.2
–
–
Contract assets
17.7
16.2
–
–
Contract liabilities
(29.3)
(17.5)
–
–
Group
Company
Contract 
assets
Contract 
liabilities
Contract 
assets
Contract 
liabilities
Revenue recognised which is included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period
–
17.5
–
–
Increases due to cash received, excluding amounts recognised as revenue during the period
–
(29.3)
–
–
Transfers from contract assets recognised at the beginning of the period to receivables
(16.2)
–
–
–
Increases as a result of changes recognised in the measure of progress
17.7
–
–
–
The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 121 of IFRS 15 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have original expected durations of one 
year or less.
The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 94 of IFRS 15 and recognises the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortisation period of the 
asset that the Group otherwise would have recognised is one year or less.
The Group’s contracts with customers are predominantly for one year or less, accordingly the Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 63 of IFRS 15 and does not adjust the promised 
amount of consideration for the effects of any financing component.
Contract fulfilment assets
These assets are recognised under paragraph 95 of IFRS 15 in respect of expenditure incurred which will satisfy future performance obligations. 
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Contract fulfilment assets 
0.6
2.0
–
–
 
19.  Trade and other receivables
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Current assets:
Contract assets – see note 18
17.7
16.2
–
–
Contract fulfilment assets – see note 18
0.6
2.0
–
–
Trade receivables
28.8
18.0
–
–
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
–
–
3.5
10.8
Other receivables
2.9
1.4
0.3
0.1
Prepayments and accrued income
8.9
9.0
0.7
0.3
Foreign currency derivatives
0.5
0.2
0.8
0.5
59.4
46.8
5.3
11.7
Trade receivables are stated net of a provision for doubtful debts, details of which are disclosed in note 26.

02 Strategic report
88
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
20.  Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Current liabilities:
Repayable in less than one year
41.2
8.0
40.0
8.0
Non-current liabilities:
Repayable between one and five years
13.6
–
7.0
–
Repayable in more than five years
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
55.7
8.9
47.9
8.9
 
Interest at a margin of 2.75% above the HSBC base rate of the prevailing currency is charged on the above loan repayable in less than one year, generating an expense of £1.1m (2023: £0.5m) 
that has been recognised as part of the underlying finance expense in the income statement.
An interest rate of 6% is charged on the above loan repayable in more than five years, generating an expense of £0.1m (2023: £0.1m) that has been recognised as part of the underlying finance 
expense in the income statement.
The Group entered into the following additional interest bearing loan and borrowing facilities in the year:
	a £12m term loan repayable in quarterly instalments with a final repayment date of 30 September 2027. Interest at a margin of 2.75% above the HSBC base rate of the prevailing currency is 
charged on this loan. 
	a £35m term revolving capital facility repayable on demand. Interest at a margin of 2.75% above the HSBC base rate of the prevailing currency is charged on this loan. This replaced the 
previous £25m revolving capital facility.
	€6.5m vendor loans and €3.5m of deferred consideration in connection with the acquisition of CSi Palletising. Interest is charged at 10% the vendor loans, no interest is charged on the 
deferred consideration. Both are repayable between one and five years.
The term loan and the revolving capital facility, both provided by HSBC, are secured by a fixed and floating charge over all of the Group’s assets.
Preference shares
The preference shares carry a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 6% per annum and on the winding-up of the Company entitle the holders to repayment of the capital paid up thereon 
(together with a sum equal to any arrears or deficiency of the fixed dividend calculated to the date of the return of capital and to be payable irrespective of whether such dividend has been declared or 
earned or not) in priority to any payment to the holders of the ordinary shares. The preference shares do not entitle the holders to any further participation in the profits or assets of the Company.
The preference shareholders are not entitled to receive notice of or to attend or vote at any general meeting unless either:
	at the date of the notice convening the meeting, the dividend on the preference shares is six months in arrears (for this purpose the dividend on the preference shares is deemed to be 
payable half-yearly on 30 June and 31 December); or
	the business of the meeting includes the consideration of a resolution for the winding-up of the Company, or for reducing its share capital or for sanctioning a sale of the undertaking, or any 
resolution directly and adversely affecting any of the special rights or privileges attached to the preference shares.
There were no arrears in the payment of preference dividends at the statement of financial position date. Preference dividends paid amounted to £0.1m (2023: £0.1m).

02 Strategic report
89
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
21.  Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net funds
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
7.6
6.8
0.1
0.9
Change in net funds resulting from cash flows
7.6
6.8
(0.9)
0.9
Translation movements
(0.4)
–
1.0
(0.2)
Movement in net funds in the period
7.2
6.8
0.1
0.7
Opening net (debt)/funds
(4.1)
(10.0)
(8.8)
(9.2)
Movement in interest-bearing loans and borrowings:
Revolving credit facility
(27.0)
–
(27.0)
–
Term loan
(12.0)
–
(12.0)
–
Vendor loans and deferred consideration
(7.8)
–
–
–
Movement in lease liabilities under IFRS 16:
Non-cash movement
(4.6)
(2.1)
–
(0.3)
Cash movement
1.1
1.2
–
–
Closing net debt
(47.2)
(4.1)
(47.7)
(8.8)
Analysis of net funds:
Cash and cash equivalents – Current assets
18.2
11.0
0.5
0.4
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings – Current liabilities
(41.2)
(8.0)
(40.0)
(8.0)
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings – Non current liabilities
(14.5)
(0.9)
(7.9)
(0.9)
Lease liabilities
(9.7)
(6.2)
(0.3)
(0.3)
Closing net (debt)/funds
(47.2)
(4.1)
(47.7)
(8.8)
At 31 December 2024, £2.5m was held in CSi’s bank in support of existing bank guarantees. 
These guarantees were transferred to the Group’s supplier by 28th February 2025.
22.  Trade and other payables
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Current liabilities:
Contract liabilities – see note 18
29.3
17.5
–
–
Trade payables
25.2
17.4
1.5
0.4
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
–
–
39.5
42.0
Other taxes and social security
1.4
1.2
–
–
Other payables due within 1 year
7.2
3.0
2.7
0.8
Accruals and deferred income
8.7
4.6
1.0
1.8
Foreign currency derivatives
0.3
0.1
0.8
0.5
Current liabilities: Trade and other payables
72.1
43.8
45.5
45.5
Other payables due after 1 year
1.3
–
–
–

02 Strategic report
90
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
23.  Provisions
Group
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Balance at 1 January
0.9
1.0
Provisions created in the year
0.2
–
Acquired through business combinations
2.3
–
Utilised during the year
(0.6)
(0.1)
Unused amounts reversed
–
–
Balance at 31 December
2.8
0.9
Provisions are based on historical data and a weighting of all possible outcomes against their associated possibilities. Group provisions relate primarily to product warranties. Except for specific 
identifiable claims, they are generally utilised within one year of the statement of financial position date.
24.  Employee benefits
Defined contribution pension schemes
The Group operates a number of defined contribution pension schemes for employees. Contributions to these schemes are recognised as an expense in the consolidated income statement as 
they fall due.
Defined benefit pension schemes
The Group is responsible for defined benefit pension schemes in the UK and the USA. All schemes are funded by Group companies as necessary, at rates determined by independent actuaries 
and as agreed between the trustees of the schemes and the sponsoring company.
The defined benefit pension schemes are administered by bodies that are legally separate from the Group. The trustees of the schemes are required by law to act in the interest of the schemes 
and of all relevant stakeholders in the schemes. The trustees of the schemes are responsible for the investment policies in respect of the assets of the schemes.
The pension schemes typically expose the Group to certain risks. These include the risk of investment under-performance, a fall in interest rates, an increase in life expectancy and an increase 
in inflation.
UK pension scheme
The Group operated one defined benefit pension scheme in the UK in which future accruals ceased in November 2012. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Company 
and it is funded by the Company as necessary in order to ensure that the scheme can meet the expected benefit obligations. The funding policy is to ensure that the assets held by the 
scheme in the future are adequate to meet expected liabilities, allowing for future increases in pensions. The only assets of the scheme which are invested in the Company are an interest in the 
cumulative preference shares of the Company with an estimated current market value of £0.2m.
The most recent formal actuarial valuation of the scheme was carried out as at 30 June 2024 using the projected unit credit method. The market value of the scheme assets at that date was 
£290.2m and the funding level was 107.8% of liabilities, which represented a surplus of £21.1m. The principal terms of the funding agreement between the Company and the Fund’s Trustees, 
which is effective until 31 December 2035, but is subject to reassessment every three years, are that the Company will continue to pay a sum of £2.0m per annum to the scheme escrow 
account (increasing at 2.1 per cent. per annum). 
The funding agreement focuses the scheme and the company on achieving a funding level which should permit the scheme to achieve risk transfer to an alternative arrangement which the 
company would not be liable for the performance of. Based on annual tests, as the funding level on a technical provisions basis exceeded 103%, contributions have been redirected to an escrow 
account from 1 January 2025 which can only be used by the scheme to either enable risk transfer or remedy a future deficit arising and would be returned to the company should risk transfer 
be achieved without the funds being required. Should the funding level reach 110% of technical provisions (including the value of the escrow account), contributions cease.
As there is no longer a deficit in the scheme, there is no deficit recovery period.
During the year, the Company paid contributions of £1.9m (2023: £2.0m).
The Company accounts for pension costs under IAS 19 Employee benefits and the valuation used has been based on detailed actuarial valuation work carried out as at 30 June 2024, updated 
by the Company’s actuary to assess the value of the liabilities of the scheme at 31 December 2024. Scheme assets are stated at their market value at 31 December 2024.

02 Strategic report
91
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
24.  Employee benefits continued
USA pension schemes
In the USA, the Group has three defined benefit pension schemes, all of which are closed to future accrual. Formal independent actuarial valuations of the USA pension schemes were carried 
out as at 1 January 2024 using the projected unit credit method. The valuations under IAS 19 at 31 December 2024 have been based on these actuarial valuations, updated for conditions existing 
at the year end.
Employer contributions of £0.4m (2023: £0.2m) were paid during the year.
Assumptions
The key financial assumptions used to calculate scheme liabilities and the financing expense on pension scheme balances are as follows:
UK (Company)
USA
2024
2023
2024
2023
Discount rate
5.4%
4.5%
5.4%
4.8%
Inflation rate
– CPI
2.8%
2.6%
n/a
n/a
– RPI
3.3%
3.1%
n/a
n/a
Increases to pensions in payment
– final salary benefits
2.8%
2.6%
n/a
n/a
– career average benefits
2.1%
2.1%
n/a
n/a
The assumptions relating to longevity underlying the pension liabilities of the defined benefit pension schemes at the statement of financial position date are based on standard actuarial 
mortality tables and include an allowance for future improvements in longevity. The assumptions are equivalent to expecting an individual to live for a number of years as follows:
UK scheme
USA schemes
Current pensioner aged 65 – male
20.5 years
21.2 years
Current pensioner aged 65 – female
22.6 years
23.2 years
Future retirees currently aged 45 upon reaching age 65 – male
21.9 years
20.0 years
Future retirees currently aged 45 upon reaching age 65 – female
24.0 years
22.7 years
At 31 December 2024, the weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation in the UK scheme was 11 years (2023: 11 years) and in the USA schemes was 7 years (2023: 8 years).
Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligations are discount rate, inflation rate and mortality. The sensitivity analysis below has been determined 
assuming that all other assumptions are held constant.
Changes in values of pension schemes’ liabilities before tax as at 31 December 2024
UK scheme
USA schemes
0.25% change in discount rate
£5.8m
£0.2m
0.25% change in inflation rate
£4.6m
n/a
Change in life expectancy by one year on average
£10.6m
£0.3m

02 Strategic report
92
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
24.  Employee benefits continued
Categories of assets and funded status
The fair values of scheme assets were as follows:
UK (Company)
USA
Group
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
UK equities
–
–
–
–
–
–
Overseas equities
0.2
9.9
1.7
1.9
1.9
11.8
Bonds – index linked gilts
103.3
137.2
–
–
103.3
137.2
Bonds – other
100.4
116.1
5.8
5.8
106.2
121.9
Properties – funds
21.6
25.9
–
–
21.6
25.9
Properties – directly owned
2.0
2.0
–
–
2.0
2.0
Absolute return funds
41.5
12.7
–
–
41.5
12.7
Other
6.8
5.2
–
–
6.8
5.2
Total fair (bid) value of scheme assets
275.8
309.0
7.5
7.7
283.3
316.7
Present value of defined benefit obligations
236.4
276.8
9.0
9.5
245.4
286.3
Defined benefit asset/(liability)
39.4
32.2
(1.5)
(1.8)
37.9
30.4
All equities, bonds, property funds and absolute return funds have quoted prices in active markets. Directly owned properties are subject to an independent valuation.
Disclosed defined benefit pension income/expense for financial year
A)  Components of defined benefit pension income/expense
Net defined benefit pension expense recognised in the consolidated income statement comprises:
UK (Company)
USA
Group
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Past service costs/(gains)
–
–
–
–
–
–
Interest expense/(income)
(1.5)
(1.6)
0.1
0.1
(1.4)
(1.5)
Administration costs
1.3
0.9
0.1
0.2
1.4
1.1
(Income)/expense recognised in 
income statement
(0.2)
(0.7)
0.2
0.3
–
(0.4)
The net pension expense/(income) is included in non-underlying items.
B)  Statements of comprehensive income (“SOCI”)
The actuarial gains recognised in the SOCI in respect of pensions were £5.3m (2023: losses of £1.7m), comprising actuarial gains of £5.1m (2023: losses of £2.0m) for the UK defined benefit 
pension scheme and actuarial gains of £0.2m (2023: gains of £0.3m) for the USA schemes, all figures before tax.
Actual return on scheme assets
The actual return on scheme assets were losses of £27.0m (2023: gains of £1.4m), comprising losses of £27.4m (2023: gains of £0.9m) for the UK defined benefit pension scheme and gains of 
£0.4m (2023: gains of £0.5m) for the USA schemes, all figures before tax.

02 Strategic report
93
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
24.  Employee benefits continued
Reconciliation of the present value of defined benefit obligations
UK (Company)
USA
Group
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Present value of defined benefit obligations at 
1 January
276.8
279.7
9.5
10.2
286.3
289.9
Past service cost/(gains)
–
–
–
–
–
–
Interest cost
12.0
13.0
0.4
0.4
12.4
13.4
Actuarial losses/(gains)
– changes in demographic assumptions
(11.6)
(3.5)
–
–
(11.6)
(3.5)
– changes in financial assumptions
(18.7)
5.2
(0.2)
0.2
(18.9)
5.4
– experience
(2.2)
1.3
–
–
(2.2)
1.3
Benefit payments
(19.9)
(18.9)
(0.8)
(0.9)
(20.7)
(19.8)
Retranslation
–
–
0.1
(0.4)
0.1
(0.4)
Present value of defined benefit obligations 
at 31 December
236.4
276.8
9.0
9.5
245.4
286.3
Reconciliation of the fair value of scheme assets
UK (Company)
USA
Group
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Fair value of scheme assets at 1 January
309.0
311.2
7.7
8.1
316.7
319.3
Interest income
13.5
14.7
0.3
0.4
13.8
15.1
Actuarial gains/(losses)
– return on scheme assets
(27.4)
0.9
0.4
0.5
(27.0)
1.4
Company contributions
1.9
2.0
0.4
0.2
2.3
2.2
Administration expenses
(1.3)
(0.9)
(0.1)
(0.2)
(1.4)
(1.1)
Benefit payments
(19.9)
(18.9)
(0.8)
(0.9)
(20.7)
(19.8)
Retranslation
–
–
–
(0.4)
–
(0.4)
Fair value of scheme assets at 31 December
275.8
309.0
7.9
7.7
283.7
316.7

02 Strategic report
94
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
24.  Employee benefits continued
Experience gains and losses for the year
UK (Company)
USA
Group
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Fair value of scheme assets
275.8
309.0
7.5
7.7
283.3
316.7
Defined benefit obligations
(236.4)
(276.8)
(9.0)
(9.5)
(245.4)
(286.3)
Net asset/(liability)
39.4
32.2
(1.5)
(1.8)
37.9
30.4
Actuarial gains/(losses) on scheme assets
(27.4)
0.9
–
0.5
(27.4)
1.4
Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined 
benefit obligations
32.5
(2.9)
0.2
(0.2)
32.7
(3.1)
Net gain/(loss) recognised in the SOCI 
during the year
5.1
(2.0)
0.2
0.3
5.3
(1.7)
Movements in the net liability/asset of defined benefit pension schemes recognised in the Statements of financial position
UK (Company)
USA
Group
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Net asset/(liability) for employee benefits at 
1 January
32.2
31.5
(1.8)
(2.1)
30.4
29.4
(Income)/expense recognised in the income 
statement (see above)
0.2
0.7
(0.2)
(0.3)
–
0.4
Company contributions
1.9
2.0
0.3
0.2
2.2
2.2
Actuarial (losses)/gains recognised in 
the SOCI 
5.1
(2.0)
0.2
0.3
5.3
(1.7)
Retranslation
–
–
–
0.1
–
0.1
Net asset/(liability) for employee benefits 
at 31 December
39.4
32.2
(1.5)
(1.8)
37.9
30.4
At the end of the life of the UK defined benefit pension scheme the Company has an unconditional right to a refund and any such refund would be paid out only on a net of tax basis.
Share-based payments
The Company currently operates a deferred share plan, though no options are currently outstanding under it. Own shares are held in trust and granted to plan participants when certain 
conditions are met. Further details of the deferred share plan, including the performance conditions and vesting periods, are in the Remuneration report on page 42 and in this note.
The Company operates a Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) for certain members of its senior management. Awards are anticipated to be made annually and were awarded in 2023 and 2024. 
The key terms of both plans are set out in the Remuneration report on page 42 and were unchanged since inception. 
The total number of shares conditionally granted under the 2022 LTIP was 187,740, at a market value of £4.33 per share, at the date of grant on 10 June 2022 and remained outstanding at the 
year end. An expense of £nil has been recognised during the year (2023: £nil) within administration costs. All of the options have expired unexercised during the period as the performance 
criteria were not met.
The total number of shares conditionally granted under the 2023 LTIP was 504,247, at a market value of £2.35 per share, at the date of grant on 2 May 2023 and remained outstanding at the 
year end. An expense of £nil has been recognised during the year within administration costs. No shares were forfeited, exercised, expired or exercisable during the period.
The total number of shares conditionally granted under the 2024 LTIP was 303,517 at a market value of £4.40 per share, at the date of grant on 9 April 2024 and 291,345 remained outstanding 
at the year end. An expense of £0.3m has been recognised during the year within administration costs. No shares were exercised, expired or exercisable during the period, with 12,172 forfeited. 
The valuation is based upon the 2024 actual performance and the forecast 2025 and 2026 performance of the Group, with 174,182 shares assumed to vest in 2027, being the average assumed 
outstanding in the year. All shares will vest in early 2027.

02 Strategic report
95
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
25.  Capital and reserves
Share capital
Allotted, called up and fully paid
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Ordinary shares of 25p each
7.5
5.1
On 18 September 2024, the Company issued 1,059,349 new ordinary shares of 25p each as consideration in the acquisition of Boston Conveyor & Automation.
On 21 October 2024, the Company conducted a placing and retail offer issuing 7,500,000 new ordinary shares of 25p each raising gross proceeds of £30m before fees and expenses. Fees and 
expenses totalled £1.6m and were deducted from the share premium account.
On 29 November 2024, the Company issued 1,039,500 new ordinary shares of 25p each as consideration in the acquisition of CSi Palletising.
There were 30,073,273 (2023: 20,474,424) ordinary shares in issue at the year end. The holders of the ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company and to 
receive dividends as declared from time to time. At the year end, an employee trust held none of the ordinary shares and it has agreed to waive all dividends and not to exercise voting rights in 
respect of any future shares it owns. The Company also has in issue 900,000 6% fixed cumulative preference shares of £1 each (see note 20); these are classified as borrowings.
Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.
Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve records the historical repurchase of the Company’s own shares.
Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.
Investment in own shares
Included within retained earnings is the carrying value of own shares held in trust for the benefit of employees. These shares are used to service the obligations of the Company’s Deferred 
share plan and discretionary share scheme. Further details of the Deferred share plan and discretionary share scheme can be found in the Remuneration report on page 41 and on page 94 in 
note 24.
At 31 December 2024, the employee trust held no ordinary shares of 25p each (2023: nil), representing 0.0% of the issued shares (2023: 0.0%). The shares held by the trust at 31 December 
2024 were purchased at an aggregate cost of £nil (2023: £nil). The trust purchased no additional shares in the year at a cost of £nil (2023: £nil).
Included within retained earnings is the charge of £nil (2023: £nil) in respect of the share-based payments, as disclosed in the Remuneration report on page 41.
The market value of the shares held by the trust at 31 December 2024 was £nil (2023: £nil).
Dividends
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Dividends to shareholders paid in the period:
–
–
Having considered the trading results for 2024 and the opportunities for investment in the growth of the Group, the Board has decided that it is not appropriate to pay a final dividend. No 
interim dividend was paid in 2024. Future dividend payments will be considered by the Board in the context of 2025 trading performance and when the Board believes it is prudent to do so.

02 Strategic report
96
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
26.  Financial risk management
The Group has exposure to credit, liquidity and market risks from its use of financial instruments.
These risks are regularly considered and the impact of these risks on the Group, and how to mitigate them, assessed. The Board of Directors is responsible for the Group’s system of internal 
controls and has established risk management policies to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to 
limits. The Audit Committee assists the Board in the discharge of its duty in relation to the maintenance of proper internal controls. Further details regarding the Audit Committee can be found 
in its report on pages 36 to 39.
Categories of financial instruments
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Financial assets:
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships
0.5
0.2
–
–
Derivative instruments measured at fair value through income statement
–
–
1.3
0.5
Financial assets measured at amortised cost
49.9
30.4
105.4
22.3
50.4
30.6
106.7
22.8
Financial liabilities:
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships
0.3
0.1
–
–
Fair value through income statement
–
–
0.8
0.5
Amortised cost
101.8
40.9
47.1
50.9
102.1
41.0
47.9
51.4
Financial assets measured at amortised cost comprises cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables, excluding foreign currency derivatives.
Financial liabilities at amortised cost comprises interest-bearing loans and borrowings, lease liabilities, trade payables, other payables and accruals.
IFRS 7 Financial instruments: disclosures for financial instruments that are measured in the Statements of financial position at fair value requires disclosure of fair value measurements in the 
form of a three level fair value hierarchy, by class, for all financial instruments recognised at fair value. The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of 
financial instruments by valuation technique:
Level 1:	 quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2:	 inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and
Level 3:	 inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
At 1 January 2024 and 31 December 2024, derivative instruments in designated hedge relationships have been identified as Level 2.
Derivative instruments in designated hedge relationships
The Group has relied on analysis from third party specialists for complex valuations of forward exchange contracts. Valuation techniques have utilised observable forward exchange rates 
corresponding to the maturity of the contract. The effects of non-observable inputs are not significant to this type of financial instrument.

02 Strategic report
97
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
26.  Financial risk management continued
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises principally from the Group’s 
receivables from customers and cash held at financial institutions. In addition, for the Company, a credit risk exists in respect of amounts owed by Group undertakings.
Trade receivables and contract assets
The Group ensures that the provision of credit to customers is adequately managed by each individual business in order that the risk of non-payment or delayed payment is minimised. 
The Group’s exposure to risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer, the industry and country in which customers operate. The Group has a diversified 
base of customers. In certain years, sales to a customer may be more than 5%, although the sales would typically be both original equipment and service, and to a number of different 
geographic regions.
The Group has written credit control policies which cover procedures for accepting new customers, setting credit limits, dealing with overdue amounts and delinquent payers.
An impairment loss provision against trade receivables is created where it is anticipated that the value of trade receivables is not fully recoverable. No impairments due to credit losses on 
contract assets have ever been experienced and none are predicted.
Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk for the Group and the Company at 31 December was:
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Trade receivables
28.8
18.0
–
–
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
–
–
105.4
33.1
Other receivables
2.9
1.4
–
–
Foreign currency derivatives
0.5
0.2
0.8
0.5
Cash and cash equivalents
18.2
11.0
0.5
–
50.4
30.6
106.7
33.6
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified model of recognising lifetime expected credit losses for all trade receivables as these items do not have a significant financing component. In measuring 
the expected credit losses, the trade receivables have been assessed on an individual basis as the risk depends upon the circumstances of the receivable, including the financial strength of the 
counterparty and the terms of the contract. They have been grouped based on the days past due.
Trade receivables are written off (i.e. derecognised) when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Failure to make payments within 180 days from the invoice date and failure to engage 
with the Group on alternative payment arrangements, amongst others, are considered indicators of no reasonable expectation of recovery.

02 Strategic report
98
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
26.  Financial risk management continued
Credit loss provisions
The ageing of trade receivables and the expected credit loss provisions for the Group at 31 December were:
2024
2023
Group
Gross 
£m
Credit loss 
provisions 
£m
Total 
£m
Gross 
£m
Credit loss 
provisions 
£m
Total 
£m
Not past due
13.5
–
13.5
10.5
–
10.5
Past due up to 30 days
7.1
–
7.1
4.2
–
4.2
Past due 31–60 days
2.8
–
2.8
1.1
–
1.1
Past due 61–90 days
4.7
–
4.7
1.7
–
1.7
Past due more than 91 days
1.3
(0.6)
0.7
0.5
–
0.5
29.4
(0.6)
28.8
18.0
–
18.0
The only receivable balances held by the Company are amounts owed by Group undertakings and expected credit losses arising are not considered to be material.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to hold cash and cash equivalents and 
maintain undrawn committed facilities at a level sufficient to ensure that the Group has available funds to meet its liabilities as they become due. Further details of the Group’s treasury policies 
can be found in the Financial review on pages 18 to 20.
Contractual maturities of non-derivative financial liabilities
The non-derivative financial liabilities for the Group and the Company at 31 December were:
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Current liabilities:
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
41.2
8.0
40.0
8.0
Trade and other payables (excluding derivatives)
36.4
25.6
5.3
42.0
Lease liabilities
2.2
1.3
–
–
Non-current liabilities:
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
14.5
0.9
7.9
0.9
Lease liabilities
7.5
4.9
0.3
0.3
Interest rates of 6% and 2.75% above the HSBC base rate of the prevailing currency are charged on the above interest-bearing loans, generating an expense of £1.1m (2023: £0.5m). The loans 
relate to preference shares and the revolving credit facility drawdown. The preference share loan has no fixed maturity, the revolving credit facility is due to be repaid in less than one year. 
The Group entered into the following additional interest bearing loan and borrowing facilities in the year:
	a £12m term loan repayable in quarterly instalments with a final repayment date of 30 September 2027. Interest at a margin of 2.75% above the HSBC base rate of the prevailing currency is 
charged on this loan. 
	a £35m term revolving capital facility repayable on demand. Interest at a margin of 2.75% above the HSBC base rate of the prevailing currency is charged on this loan. This replaced the 
previous £25m revolving capital facility.
 	€6.5m vendor loans and €3.5m of deferred consideration in connection with the acquisition of CSi Palletising. Interest is charged at 10% on the vendor loans, no interest is charged on the 
deferred consideration. Both are repayable between one and five years.
Trade and other payables shown as current liabilities are expected to mature within six months of the statement of financial position date.
The contractual maturities of forward foreign exchange contracts that the Group and Company had committed at 31 December are shown in the foreign currency risk section in this note. 
The contractual maturity of lease liabilities is disclosed in note 27.

02 Strategic report
99
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
26.  Financial risk management continued
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates, will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. 
Exposure to interest rate and currency risks arises in the normal course of the Group’s business. The Group does not trade in financial instruments and enters into derivatives (principally 
forward foreign exchange contracts) solely for the purpose of minimising currency exposure on sales or purchases in other than the functional currencies of its various operations.
The Group’s treasury policies are explained in the Financial review on pages 18 to 20.
Interest rate risk
Cash and cash equivalents
The cash profile at 31 December was:
2024
2023
Group
Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m
Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m
Total 
£m
Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m
Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m
Total 
£m
Currency:
Sterling
1.3
–
1.3
2.8
–
2.8
Canadian dollar
0.4
–
0.4
1.5
–
1.5
US dollar
5.2
–
5.2
3.2
–
3.2
Euro
10.7
–
10.7
3.5
–
3.5
Mexican peso
0.4
–
0.4
–
–
–
Singapore dollar
0.2
–
0.2
–
–
–
18.2
–
18.2
11.0
–
11.0
2024
2023
Company
Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m
Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m
Total 
£m
Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m
Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m
Total 
£m
Currency:
Sterling
0.4
–
0.4
0.4
–
0.4
Canadian dollar
–
–
–
–
–
–
US dollar
–
–
–
–
–
–
Euro
0.1
–
0.1
–
–
–
0.5
–
0.5
0.4
–
0.4
All cash surplus to immediate operational requirements is placed on deposit at floating rates of interest.

02 Strategic report
100
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
26.  Financial risk management continued
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
The profile of interest-bearing loans and borrowings at 31 December was:
2024
2023
Group
Borrowings at 
floating rates 
£m
Borrowings at  
fixed rates 
£m
Total 
£m
Borrowings at 
floating rates 
£m
Borrowings at  
fixed rates 
£m
Total 
£m
Currency:
Sterling
23.8
0.9
24.7
8.0
0.9
8.9
Euro
12.0
7.9
19.9
–
–
–
US dollar
11.1
–
11.1
–
–
–
46.9
8.8
55.7
8.0
0.9
8.9
2024
2023
Company
Borrowings at 
floating rates 
£m
Borrowings at  
fixed rates 
£m
Total 
£m
Borrowings at 
floating rates 
£m
Borrowings at  
fixed rates 
£m
Total 
£m
Currency:
Sterling
23.9
0.9
24.8
8.0
0.9
8.9
Euro
12.0
–
12.0
–
–
–
US dollar
11.1
–
11.1
–
–
–
47.0
0.9
47.9
8.0
0.9
8.9
The borrowings at fixed rates in sterling are the fixed cumulative preference shares which are explained in more detail in note 20.
The average rate of interest on the Group’s operating lease liabilities is 3.3%, details of the contractual maturity of the leases can be found in note 27.
Sensitivity to interest rate risk
If interest rates had been 100 basis points higher/lower throughout the period, net financial expenses (excluding on pension scheme balances) for the Group would have increased/decreased by £0.2m 
(2023: increased/decreased by £0.1m). This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant and considers the effect of financial instruments with variable 
interest rates. The analysis is performed on the same basis as for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Foreign currency risk
The majority of the Group’s operations are outside of the UK, and therefore a significant portion of its business is conducted overseas in currencies other than sterling. As explained on page 23, 
foreign currency risk is one of the principal risks and uncertainties to which the Group is exposed. The Group is exposed to both transaction and translation risk.
Transactions in foreign currency are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the 
statement of financial position date are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement.
The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for the period.
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at foreign exchange rates ruling at the statement of financial position date and foreign exchange differences are taken directly to 
the translation reserve.
The following exchange rates (relative to sterling), which are significant to the Group, applied during the period:
Average rate
Closing rate
2024
2023
2024
2023
US dollar
1.28
1.24
1.28
1.27
Canadian dollar
1.75
1.68
1.80
1.68
Euro
1.18
1.15
1.21
1.15

02 Strategic report
101
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
26.  Financial risk management continued
Forward foreign exchange contracts
The Group enters into forward foreign exchange contracts solely for the purpose of minimising currency exposures on sale and purchase transactions. The Group classifies its forward foreign 
exchange contracts used for hedging as cash flow hedges and states them at fair value.
Fair values
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts at 31 December was:
Group
Company
Cash flow hedges
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Gain
–
–
–
–
Loss
(0.3)
(0.1)
–
–
(0.3)
(0.1)
–
–
The fair value is the gain/loss on all open forward foreign exchange contracts at the period end. These amounts are based on the market values of equivalent instruments at the period end date 
and all relate to those forward foreign exchange contracts that have been designated as effective cash flow hedges under IFRS 9 Financial instruments: recognition and measurement.
There were no open forward foreign exchange contracts, as at either 31 December 2024 or 2023, that had been designated as fair value hedges under IFRS 9 Financial instruments: recognition 
and measurement.
During the period, a credit of £0.2m for the Group (2023: £1.7m credit) and £nil for the Company (2023: £nil) was recognised in the statements of comprehensive income in respect of 
cash flow hedges.
Contractual maturity date and future cash flows
The contractual maturity date and period when cash flows are expected to occur in relation to open forward foreign exchange contracts at 31 December were:
2024
2023
Group
Less than  
6 months  
£m
Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
Between  
12 and 24  
months  
£m
Total 
£m
Less than  
6 months  
£m
Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
Between  
12 and 24  
months  
£m
Total 
£m
Outflow
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Inflow
6.2
2.6
0.6
9.4
16.4
6.0
1.4
23.8
6.2
2.6
0.6
9.4
16.4
6.0
1.4
23.8
2024
2023
Company
Less than  
6 months  
£m
Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
Between  
12 and 24  
months  
£m
Total 
£m
Less than  
6 months  
£m
Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
Between  
12 and 24  
months  
£m
Total 
£m
Outflow
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Inflow
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

02 Strategic report
102
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
26.  Financial risk management continued
The following movements in the cash flow hedge reserve relate to the hedges relating to cash flows from foreign currency trade receivables.
Group
2024 
£m
Opening balance 1 January 2024
(0.1)
Change in fair value of hedging instrument recognised in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) 
(0.2)
Reclassified from OCI to profit or loss
–
Closing balance at 31 December 2024
(0.3)
The effect of hedge accounting on the Group’s financial position and performance is as follows, including the outline timing and profile of the hedging instruments:
Group
2024
Carrying amount 
GBP£0.2m
Notional amount
US dollar to Canadian dollar
CA$12.1m
Canadian dollar to euro
€1.2m
US dollar to euro
€2.0m
GBP to US dollar
–
Hedge ratio
1:1
Average forward rates
US dollar to Canadian dollar
1US$:1.38CA$
Canadian dollar to euro
1CA$:0.67€
US dollar to euro
1US$:0.90€
Change in the fair value of the currency forward (excluding amounts reclassified) 
£0.2m
Change in the fair value of the hedged item used to determine hedge effectiveness
£0.2m
Amounts in the cash flow hedge reserve 
(£0.3m)
No other currency pairs at 31 December 2024 or during the year had a material value to the Group.
Currency profile
The currency profiles at 31 December of cash and cash equivalents and interest-bearing loans and borrowings are shown within the interest rate risk section in this note.
The following analysis of financial assets and liabilities (excluding net funds/debt) shows the Group and Company exposure after the effects of forward foreign exchange contracts used to 
manage currency exposure.
The amounts shown represent the transactional exposures that give rise to net currency gains and losses which are recognised in the consolidated income statement. Such exposures 
represent the financial assets and liabilities of the Group and the Company that are not denominated in the functional currency of the business involved.

02 Strategic report
103
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
26.  Financial risk management continued
2024
2023
Group
US dollar 
£m
Euro 
£m
Total 
£m
US dollar 
£m
Euro 
£m
Total 
£m
Functional currency:
Sterling
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.2)
–
–
–
Canadian dollar
3.5
–
3.5
5.1
0.3
5.4
Euro
–
0.1
0.1
–
–
–
Romanian leu
–
(0.8)
(0.8)
–
–
–
Mexican peso
0.1
0.7
0.8
–
–
–
3.5
(0.1)
3.4
5.1
0.3
5.4
2024
2023
Company
US dollar 
£m
Euro 
£m
Total 
£m
US dollar 
£m
Euro 
£m
Total 
£m
Functional currency:
Sterling
22.6
52.6
75.2
12.5
–
12.5
Sensitivity to foreign currency risk
Average exchange rates are used to translate the profits of foreign operations in the consolidated income statement. If sterling had been 10% stronger against all foreign currencies during the 
year, the effect of this on the average exchange rates used to translate profits would have decreased Group profit for the year by £nil (2023: £0.3m). If sterling had been 10% weaker against all 
foreign currencies during the year, the effect of this on the average exchange rates used to translate profits would have increased Group profit for the year by £nil (2023: £0.3m).
If sterling had been 10% stronger against all foreign currencies at 31 December 2024, Group equity would have decreased by £2.8m (2023: £3.4m decrease). Conversely, if sterling had been 10% 
weaker against all foreign currencies at 31 December 2024, Group equity would have increased by £3.1m (2023: £3.7m increase). This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.
Fair values
The fair value of borrowings at fixed rates for the Group at 31 December 2024 is £8.8m (2023: £0.9m) and has been calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing 
interest rates.
The fair value of borrowings at fixed rates for the Company at 31 December 2024 is £0.9m (2023: £0.9m) and has been calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing 
interest rates.
There are no other significant differences between book and fair values for any of the other financial assets or liabilities included in either the Group or Company statement of financial position.
Capital management
Capital comprises total equity as shown in the statements of financial position. The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence 
and to sustain the future development of the business. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of the economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital 
structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares.
The Group monitors capital through measures of earnings per share (see note 11), return on capital employed (profit for the period divided by average equity) and tangible net worth (total equity 
before intangible assets and employee benefits, net of tax). There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management during the year and neither the Company nor any of its 
subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

02 Strategic report
104
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
27.  Leases
The right-of-use assets held at the balance sheet date relates to the following asset types:
Group
Company
Land & buildings 
£m
Plant & machinery 
£m
Motor vehicles 
£m
Total 
£m
Land & buildings 
£m
Cost
Balance at 31 January 2023
7.8
0.1
0.9
8.8
–
Additions
2.1
–
–
2.1
0.3
Disposals
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
–
Transfers
–
–
–
–
–
FX Translation
(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)
–
Balance at 31 December 2023
9.8
0.1
0.8
10.7
0.3
Additions
–
0.3
0.1
0.4
–
Acquired through business combinations
3.7
0.3
0.5
4.5
–
Disposals
–
(0.1)
–
(0.1)
–
Transfers
–
–
– 
– 
–
FX Translation
(0.3)
–
–
(0.3)
–
Balance at 31 December 2024
13.2
0.6
1.4
15.2
0.3
Depreciation
Balance at 1 January 2023
3.2
–
0.6
3.8
–
Charge for the period
1.0
0.1
0.1
1.2
–
Disposals
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
–
Transfers
–
–
–
–
–
FX Translation
(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)
–
Balance at 31 December 2023
4.1
0.1
0.6
4.8
–
Charge for the period
1.0
0.1
0.1
1.2
–
Disposals
–
(0.1)
–
(0.1)
–
Transfers
–
–
–
–
–
FX Translation
(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)
–
Balance at 31 December 2024
5.0
0.1
0.7
5.8
–
NBV of ROU assets 2023
5.7
–
0.2
5.9
0.3
NBV of ROU assets 2024
8.2
0.5
0.7
9.4
0.3
Group
Company
Lease liabilities
31 December 
2024 
£m
31 December 
2023 
£m
31 December 
2024 
£m
31 December 
2023 
£m
Opening liability
(6.2)
(5.3)
(0.3)
–
Additions
(4.7)
(2.1)
–
(0.2)
Disposals
–
–
–
–
Payments made
1.2
1.1
–
–
Interest charge
(0.1)
(0.1)
–
–
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates
0.1
0.2
–
–
Closing liability
(9.7)
(6.2)
(0.3)
(0.2)
Amounts falling due after more than one year
(7.5)
(4.9)
(0.2)
(0.2)
Amounts falling due in less than one year
(2.2)
(1.3)
(0.1)
–
The Group took advantage of the exemptions available not to capitalise short-term leases with a duration of less than 12 months or leases of low-value assets. These leases have been treated as 
off-balance-sheet operating leases. There was no expense relating to either of these types of lease in the year (2023: £nil).

02 Strategic report
105
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
27.  Leases continued
The undiscounted payments under the leases fall due as follows:
Group
Company
31 December 
2024 
£m
31 December 
2023 
£m
31 December 
2024 
£m
31 December 
2023 
£m
Up to one year
3.2
1.5
0.1
–
One to five years
9.6
4.2
0.2
0.3
Over five years
0.6
1.0
0.1
–
Total undiscounted payments due under leases
13.4
6.7
0.4
0.3
28.  Capital commitments
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Capital investment contracted but not provided for
–
0.1
–
0.1
29.  Contingent liabilities
Group
Company
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Contingent liabilities in respect of guarantees and indemnities related to sales and other contracts
9.4
4.8
–
4.8
No contingent liabilities have been required to be reimbursed or are expected to do so.
Litigation is in progress between the Group and a customer over the completion of a project. The information usually required by IAS 37 is not disclosed on the grounds that it can be expected 
to seriously prejudice the outcome of the litigation. The directors are of the opinion that the claim can be successfully resisted by the Group.
30.  Related parties
Transactions with key management personnel
The compensation of key management personnel is disclosed in the Remuneration report on pages 40 to 47. Key management personnel comprise the Executive Directors only:
31 December 
2024 
£m
31 December 
2023 
£m
Short-term employment benefits
0.1
0.1
Share based payments
–
–
Total key management personnel compensation
0.1
0.1
Identity of related parties
The Company has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries (see note 31), Directors and the UK and USA defined benefit pension schemes. In the course of normal operations, related 
party transactions entered into by the Group have been contracted on an arm’s-length basis.
Details regarding transactions involving the Directors and their remuneration can be found in the Remuneration report on pages 40 to 47.
The Group recharges the UK defined benefit pension scheme with the costs of administration incurred by the Group. The total amount recharged in the year to 31 December 2024 was £0.1m 
(2023: £0.1m). 
The vendor of BCA, a current employee of the Group, indirectly benefits from the income from the building occupied by BCA. The building is leased by the Group on a five year term at an initial 
rent of US$0.3m per year (£0.2m), increasing at 2% per year throughout the term. This is considered to be the open market rent for the site. 

02 Strategic report
106
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
31.  Business combinations
Acquisition of CSi Palletising
On 29 November 2024 Mpac Group plc acquired the entire share capital of Elstar International B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands. Elstar 
International is the parent of a group of entities operating under the name CSi Palletising, a leading provider of design, manufacturing and installation services for end-of-line automation and 
palletising solutions.
The amounts provisionally recognised in respect of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as set out in the table below:
Pre acquisition 
carrying amount 
£m
Fair value 
adjustments 
£m
Total 
£m
Intangible asset relating to customer relationships, orderbook & technology
– 
 29.3 
 29.3 
Property, plant and equipment
4.7
–
4.7
Inventories
8.7
–
8.7
Cash
5.5
–
5.5
Trade receivables
14.3
–
14.3
Prepayments and accrued income
5.0
–
5.0
Deferred tax
2.5
–
2.5
Total assets
40.7
29.3
70.0
Trade payables
(5.1)
–
(5.1)
Accruals and other payables
(12.4)
–
(12.4)
Corporation tax
(0.5)
–
(0.5)
Contract liabilities
(26.9)
–
(26.9)
Deferred tax
–
(7.3)
(7.3)
Provisions
(2.9)
–
(2.9)
Total liabilities
(47.8)
(7.3)
(55.1)
Total identifiable net (liabilities)/assets at fair value
(7.1)
22.0
14.9
Goodwill arising on acquisition
50.8
Total consideration
65.7
Satisfied by
Cash consideration
52.7
Issue of 1,039,500 new ordinary shares in Mpac Group plc
5.2
Vendor loans
5.2
Deferred consideration
2.6
Total consideration
65.7
Net cash outflow arising on acquisition
Cash paid
(52.7)
Net cash acquired
5.5
Net cash outflow arising on acquisition
(47.2)
The primary reasons for the acquisition are disclosed in the CSi Palletising Case study on page 11.
The goodwill on acquisition is attributable to synergies across all operating functions which are expected to significantly transform the Group’s customer offering and substantially expand the 
breadth of the Group’s technology and global customer reach. Key opportunities include increasing CSi Palletising’s product sales in North America through Mpac’s established presence and 
relationships, developing a stronger sales presence in Latin America with support from a Mexico location, and driving Mpac sales through CSi Palletising’s experience. Additionally, the plan 
involves securing a lower-cost manufacturing and assembly facility in Romania to enhance cost-saving efficiencies, cross-selling Mpac’s equipment to CSi Palletising’s strategic accounts, 
generating pull-through sales of CSi Palletising’s palletisers to Mpac’s existing customers, and utilising Mpac’s after-sales service expertise to achieve further cost-saving synergies.

02 Strategic report
107
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
31.  Business combinations continued
None of the goodwill or acquired intangible assets are expected to be deductible for tax purposes, though this is to be confirmed. In the event that a deduction is available, an adjustment may 
be required to the values of acquired intangible assets and goodwill, so the values disclosed should be considered provisional. IFRS3 permits adjustments to be made within 12 months of 
acquisition. The amortisation of the acquired intangible assets in the period totalled £0.4m and is included in non-underlying items in the income statement.
The vendor loans attract interest at 10% and the fair value of the loans has been established via discounting to market rates. There are two vendor loans, €1.5m (£1.3m) repayable 12 months 
following completion and €4.5m (£3.8m) repayable 24 months following completion respectively. 
The deferred consideration is payable in two tranches of €1.5m (£1.3m) in January 2026 and January 2027. There are no performance conditions associated with the payment and the value of 
any discounting is immaterial.
Acquired receivables
The gross contractual amount due in respect of trade receivables acquired was £14.8m with a fair value of 14.3m, the difference of £0.5m is expected to be uncollectable.
Revenue and profit contribution
From the date of acquisition CSi Palletising has contributed £6.0m of revenue to the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income together with after tax profit of £1.0m. If the acquisition had 
been completed on the first day of the financial year, Group revenue and profit after tax would have been higher by £64.2m and £3.8m respectively.
Acquisition of Boston Conveyor & Automation
On 18 September 2024 Mpac Group plc acquired the entire share capital of Boston Conveyor & Automation Inc. (“BCA”).
BCA are a US-based supplier of robotic automation and conveyor solutions to the food, life sciences and general industry sectors.
The amounts recognised in respect of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as set out in the table below:
Pre acquisition 
carrying amount 
£m
Fair value 
adjustments 
£m
Total 
£m
Intangible asset relating to customer relationships and trademark
–
4.5
4.5
Property, plant and equipment
1.1
–
1.1
Cash
2.9
–
2.9
Trade receivables
0.5
–
0.5
Prepayments and accrued income
0.1
–
0.1
Total assets
4.6
4.5
9.1
Trade payables
(0.2)
–
(0.2)
Accruals and other payables
(3.6)
–
(3.6)
Deferred tax
–
–
–
Total liabilities
(3.8)
–
(3.8)
Total identifiable net assets at fair value
0.8
4.5
5.3
Goodwill arising on acquisition
10.1
Total consideration
15.4
Satisfied by
Cash consideration
8.8
Issue of 1,059,349 new ordinary shares in Mpac Group plc
4.8
Cash and working capital adjustments
1.8
Total consideration
15.4
Net cash outflow arising on acquisition
Cash paid
(10.6)
Net cash acquired
2.9
Net cash outflow arising on acquisition
(7.7)

02 Strategic report
108
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
31.  Business combinations continued
The primary reasons for the acquisition are disclosed in the BCA Case study on page 12.
The goodwill is attributable to sales and service synergies through the leverage of the enlarged Group’s customer base and the pull-through of Mpac’s existing technologies. The acquisition 
provides a significant growth opportunity into EMEA through Mpac’s sales presence, a geography previously unaddressed by BCA. In addition, Mpac will benefit from BCA’s position of strength 
in standard and complex conveyor solutions, and food and material handling automation.
None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The amortisation of the acquired intangible assets in the period totalled £0.1m and is included in non-underlying items in the 
income statement.
Upon the acquisition of BCA, the Group has recognised a deferred tax liability of £1.2m in relation to the recognition of the fair value adjustments shown in the table above and a deferred tax 
asset of £1.2m in relation to offsettable tax losses levied by the same taxation authority.
Acquired receivables
The gross contractual amount due in respect of acquired trade receivables of £0.6m is equal to their fair value. 
Revenue and profit contribution
From the date of acquisition Boston Conveyor & Automation Inc. has contributed £4.3m of revenue to the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income together with after tax profit of £0.5m. 
If the acquisition had been completed on the first day of the financial year, Group revenue and profit after tax would have been higher by £8.7m and £0.9m respectively. 
32.  Group entities
All intra-group related party transactions and outstanding balances are eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Group and therefore in accordance with 
IAS 24 Related party disclosures are not disclosed.
Subsidiary undertakings
Details of all subsidiary undertakings are shown below. Subsidiary undertakings are, unless otherwise shown in brackets below, registered in England and Wales. Unless otherwise specified 
below, all subsidiaries are 100% owned by the Company.
Principal subsidiary undertakings
Registered office
Subsidiary undertakings
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1, Mississauga, Ontario LN5 2B8, Canada
Mpac Langen, Inc. (Canada)
Edisonstraat 14, 6604 BV Wijchen, The Netherlands
Mpac Langen B.V. (Netherlands)
8 Burn Road, #09-01 Trivex, Singapore 369977
Mpac Langen Pte. Ltd (Singapore)
Station Estate, Tadcaster, North Yorkshire, LS24 9SG
Mpac Lambert Limited (UK)
5638 Transportation Blvd., Garfield Heights, OH 44125, USA
Mpac Switchback Inc. (USA)
Mpac USA Inc. (USA)
7 Opportunity Way, Newburyport, MA 01950, USA
Boston Conveyor & Automation, Inc. (USA)
Lissenveld 39, 4941 VL Raamsdonksveer, The Netherlands
CSi Industries B.V. (Netherlands)
400641 Bd. Muncii 12, Cluj-Napoca, Romania
CSi Romania Srl (Romania)
Alpha Las Srl (Romania)
Carretera estatal 431 Km 1.3 – 29S, El Marques Queretaro, Mexico
Conveyor Systems Integrators de Mexico SRL (Mexico)
4870 Sadler Road, Suite 300, Glen Allen, VA 23060, USA
CSi Logistic Systems Inc. (USA)
Florastraße 12, 46459 Rees, Germany
CSi GmbH (Germany)

02 Strategic report
109
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
32.  Group entities continued
Subsidiary undertakings registered at Mpac Group plc registered office
Arista Laboratories Europe Limited
Mpac Machine Company Limited
Molmac Engineering Limited
Hartsvale Limited
Mpac Machinery Limited
Thrissell Limited
Mpac Corporate Services Limited
Mpac Overseas Holdings Limited
Mpac Group Holdings Limited
Mpac ITCM Limited
Mpac Tobacco Machinery Limited
SIGA Vision Limited
Overseas subsidiary undertakings
Registered office
Subsidiary undertakings
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1, Mississauga, Ontario LN5 2B8, Canada
1456074 Ontario, Inc. (Canada)
928142 Ontario, Inc. (Canada)
Mpac Corporation (USA)
ITCM North America, Inc. (USA)
Mpac Delaware, Inc. (USA)
Mpac Laboratories, Inc. (USA)
SASIB Corporation of America (USA)
Mpac Richmond, Inc. (USA)
6 Jalen Damanlela, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
Mpac Malaysia SDN BHD (Malaysia)
Edisonstraat 14, 6604 BV Wijchen, The Netherlands
Mpac Bidco B.V. (Netherlands)
Lissenveld 39, 4941 VL Raamsdonksveer, The Netherlands
Elstar International B.V. (Netherlands)
Lissenveld 39, 4941 VL Raamsdonksveer, The Netherlands
Echo Enterprises B.V. (Netherlands)
Lissenveld 39, 4941 VL Raamsdonksveer, The Netherlands
Echo Roemenië B.V (Netherlands)
 
During the year ended 31 December 2024, the Company received interest income from subsidiary undertakings of £2.0m (2023: £1.3m), management fees of £2.5m (2023: £2.7m) and brand 
fees of £4.2m (2023: £4.0m).
At 31 December 2024, amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company were £105.4m (2023: £21.9m) and amounts owed by the Company to subsidiary undertakings were £39.5m 
(2023: £41.6m) and are unsecured. The amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company are stated after a provision of £13.5m (2023: £13.6m) representing amounts owed to the 
Company which are no longer considered recoverable.
At 31 December 2024, investments in subsidiaries by the Company were £63.8m (2023: £63.8m).

02 Strategic report
110
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notes to the accounts continued
33.  Accounting estimates and judgements
The development, selection and disclosure of the Group’s critical accounting policies and estimates, and the application of these policies and estimates, are considered as part of the remit of 
the Audit Committee.
Estimates and judgements
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis, with revisions recognised in the year in which the estimates are revised and in any future years affected. The areas involving 
significant risk resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are as follows:
Significant judgements
Revenue recognition
The Group recognises revenue and gross margin on long-term contracts over time, in accordance with IFRS 15, based upon the total number of hours expected to be used on the contract and 
the number of hours required to complete the contract. Labour hours have been selected as the most faithful depiction of progress (and hence the transfer of goods and services) as this most 
accurately reflects how Mpac provides value to the customer. Mpac delivers innovative, efficient, and technically robust solutions, with the time allocated to projects of Mpac engineers and 
technicians being the main driver to bring projects to fruition. Total expected revenue, the number of hours and cost of materials to complete the contract reflect management’s best estimate 
of the probable future benefits and obligations associated with the contract. Obligations on contracts may result in penalties due to late completion of contractual milestones or unanticipated 
costs due to project modifications, unexpected conditions or events. Further detail in respect of revenue recognition is shown in the accounting policies note and note 1. 
Labour hours have been selected as the most faithful depiction of progress (and hence the transfer of goods and services) as this most accurately reflects how Mpac provides value to the customer. 
Material costs incurred are not considered to be proportionate to the Group’s progress in satisfying progress on contracts for which revenue is recognised over time and therefore revenue in respect of 
materials is recognised at an amount equal to the cost of good used to satisfy the performance obligation.
Capitalisation of development costs
The Group capitalises costs for product development projects. Initial capitalisation of costs is based on management’s judgement that technological and economic feasibility is confirmed, usually 
when a product development project has reached a defined milestone according to an established project management model, and all other recognition criteria within IAS 38 can be demonstrated. 
In determining the amounts to be capitalised, management makes assumptions regarding the expected future cash generation of the project, discount rates to be applied and the expected period of 
benefits. The net book value of capitalised development costs was £3.6m (2023: £2.5m).
Areas of significant estimation
Pension accounting
Changes to key assumptions used for calculating the net pension asset/liability of the Group can have a significant impact on the accounting valuation of the Group’s defined benefit pension 
schemes. The key assumptions used in calculating the net pension asset/liability for the Group are disclosed in note 24. The value of the schemes’ liabilities is particularly sensitive to the 
discount, inflation and mortality rates used, along with the evolving regulation of pension schemes. The Group is aware of a case involving Virgin Media and NTL Pension Trustee, which could 
potentially lead to additional liabilities for some pension schemes but the Trustee believes there not to be an impact for the UK scheme. An analysis of the impact on the net pension asset/
liability to changes in these assumptions is also disclosed in note 24.
Deferred tax
Management have recognised a deferred tax asset of £5.3m (2023: £2.2m) based on historic losses and investment tax credits. The assessment of this utilisation is based on the Group’s latest 
budget, which is adjusted for significant non-taxable income and expenses, along with specific limits to the utilisation of the tax credits. Further details of the asset is in note 16.
Impairment of goodwill
The Group considers whether intangible assets and/or goodwill are impaired. Where an indication of impairment is identified the estimation of recoverable value requires assessment of the 
recoverable value of the cash generating units (“CGUs”). Determining whether goodwill balances are impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the CGUs to which the value has 
been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the Group to estimate the future cash flows anticipated to arise from the CGUs and to apply a reasonable discount rate in order to calculate 
present value. The Group is required to perform an impairment review to determine whether the carrying value of goodwill balances are less than the recoverable amount annually. The 
recoverable amount is based on a calculation of expected future cash flows, which include estimates of future performance. Details of assumptions used in the review of goodwill balances are 
detailed in note 12.
Fair value of acquired businesses and goodwill
The Group assesses and recognises the fair value of the acquired assets, both tangible and intangible, and the consequent goodwill, in line with IFRS3. This process is supported by a suitably 
qualified, independent, accountancy firm. Determining the value of the fixed assets requires an estimate of either value in use or market value. Determining the value of the intangible assets 
requires the Group to estimate the future cash flows arising from each asset identified, discounted to determine the net present value of the asset acquired. Details of the acquired intangible 
assets and goodwill are detailed in notes 12 and 31.

02 Strategic report
111
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Five-year record
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2022 
£m
2021 
£m
2020 
£m
Revenue
122.4
114.2
97.7
94.3
83.7
Underlying operating profit1
12.0
7.8
3.9
8.8
6.5
Non-underlying items
(8.6)
(3.9)
(3.9)
(0.5)
(3.6)
Operating profit
3.4
3.9
–
8.3
2.9
Net financing income/(expense)
–
0.8
0.2
(0.1)
–
Profit before tax
3.4
4.7
0.2
8.2
2.9
Taxation
(2.0)
(2.0)
(0.6)
(0.4)
1.3
Profit/(Loss) for the period from continuing operations
1.4
2.7
(0.4)
7.8
4.2
Profit for the period from discontinued operations
–
–
–
–
–
Profit/(Loss) for the period
1.4
2.7
(0.4)
7.8
4.2
Underlying operating return on sales1
9.8%
6.8%
4.0%
9.3%
7.8%
Underlying earnings per share1
35.2p
26.2p
13.3p
39.7p
31.4p
Basic earnings/(loss) per share
6.0p
13.1p
(2.2)p
39.1p
20.8p
Dividends per ordinary share in respect of the year
–
–
–
–
–
Intangible assets
117.4
24.0
25.4
25.3
27.4
Property, plant and equipment and investment property
16.0
10.8
9.8
10.6
9.9
Inventories
15.9
11.1
9.6
5.5
3.5
Trade and other receivables (including taxation)
59.4
48.8
49.2
36.5
36.6
Employee benefits
37.9
30.4
29.4
33.2
11.0
Trade and other payables (including taxation and provisions)
(156.8)
(72.1)
(65.4)
(60.2)
(57.7)
89.8
53.0
58.0
50.9
30.7
Cash
18.2
11.0
4.2
14.5
15.5
Net assets
108.0
64.0
62.2
65.4
46.2
1.	 Before non-underlying items

02 Strategic report
112
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Principal divisions and subsidiaries
The divisions and subsidiary undertakings shown include those which principally affect the profits and net assets of the Group as at the date of this report. Overseas companies operate and are 
incorporated in the countries in which they are based. In all cases, the class of shares held is ordinary equity shares (or equivalent) and the proportion held is 100% unless otherwise indicated. 
Shares in the UK companies are held directly by Mpac Group plc and those in the other overseas subsidiaries by intermediate holding companies.
Americas
Mpac Langen, Inc.
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1 
Mississauga 
Ontario L5N 2B8 
Canada
Tel: +1 905 670 7200 
E-mail: info.americas@mpac-group.com
Mpac Switchback Group
5638 Transportation Blvd 
Garfield Heights 
OH 44125 
USA
Tel: +1 216 290 6040 
E-mail: info.switchback@mpac-group.com 
 
Boston Conveyor & Automation, Inc. 
7 Opportunity Way 
Newburyport 
MA 01950 
USA
Tel: +1 978 255 1921 
E-mail: Info@bcasystems.com
Asia Pacific
Mpac Langen Pte. Ltd
8 Burn Road, 
#09–01 Trivex, 
Singapore 369977
Tel: +65 63 39 96 66 
E-mail: info.asia@mpac-group.com
Europe, Middle East & Africa
Mpac Langen B.V.
Edisonstraat 14 
6604 BV Wijchen 
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 24 648 6655 
E-mail: info.emea@mpac-group.com
Mpac Lambert Limited
Station Estate 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG 
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0)1937 832921 
E-mail: sales.emea@mpac-group.com
CSi Industries B.V.
Lissenveld 39 
4941 VL Raamsdonksveer 
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 162 575 180 
E-mail: frontoffice@csiportal.com 
 
CSi Romania Srl 
400641 Bd. Muncii 12 
Cluj-Napoca 
Romania
Tel: +40 372 116 600 
E-mail: inforomania@csiportal.com

02 Strategic report
113
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notice of Annual General Meeting
Notice is hereby given that the 113th Annual General Meeting (the “Meeting”) of Mpac Group 
plc (the Company) will be held at the offices of the Company at 2 Argosy Court, Coventry CV3 
4GA on Thursday 12 June 2025 at 12 noon, to consider and, if thought appropriate, to pass the 
following resolutions, of which resolutions 1 to 11 will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and 
resolutions 12 to 14 will be proposed as special resolutions:
Ordinary resolutions
Report and Accounts
1.	 To receive the audited annual accounts of the Company for the year ended 
31 December 2024 together with the Directors’ report and the auditors’ report on 
those annual accounts.
2.	 To approve the Remuneration report, excluding the Remuneration Policy, set out on 
pages 41 to 47 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2024.
Directors
3.	 To re-elect Mr. A J Kitchingman as a Director.
4.	 To re-elect Mr. A P Holland as a Director.
5.	 To re-elect Mr. W C Wilkins as a Director.
6.	 To re-elect Mr. D G Robertson as a Director.
7.	 To re-elect Mrs. S A Fowler as a Director.
8.	 To re-elect Mr. M G R Taylor as a Director
Auditors
9.	 To re-appoint PKF Littlejohn LLP as auditors of the Company to hold office from the 
conclusion of this Meeting until the conclusion of the next general meeting at which 
accounts are laid before the Company.
10.	 To authorise the Audit Committee to determine the remuneration of the auditors.
Directors’ authority to allot shares.
11.	 To generally and unconditionally authorise the Directors pursuant to and in accordance 
with Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act), in substitution for all previous 
authorities to the extent unused, to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares 
in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares 
in the Company:
a)	 up to an aggregate nominal amount of £2,505,855 (representing approximately one 
third of the total ordinary share capital in issue at 28 April 2025, being the latest date 
prior to publication of this notice of meeting); and
b)	 comprising equity securities (as defined in Section 560 (1) of the Act) up to a further 
aggregate nominal value of £2,505,855 in connection with an offer by way of a rights 
issue, such authorities to expire at the conclusion of the 2025 Annual General Meeting 
(AGM) or if earlier, at close of business on 12 September 2025, save that the Company 
may before such expiry make an offer or agreement which would or might require 
shares to be allotted or rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares to 
be granted after the authority ends.
For the purposes of this Resolution, ‘rights issue’ means an offer to:
	
shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their existing holdings; 
and
	
holders of other equity securities if this is required by the rights of those securities or, 
if the Directors consider it necessary, as permitted by the rights of those securities;
	
to subscribe for further securities by means of the issue of a renounceable letter (or 
other negotiable document) which may be traded for a period before payment for the 
securities is due, but subject in both cases to such exclusions or other arrangements as 
the Directors consider necessary or appropriate in relation to treasury shares, fractional 
entitlements, record dates or legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the 
laws of, any territory.
Special resolutions
Disapplication of pre-emption rights
12.	 That if resolution 11 is passed, the Board be authorised to allot equity securities (as 
defined in the Act) for cash under the authority given by that resolution and/or to sell 
ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of 
the Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such authority to be limited:
a)	 to allotments for rights issues and other pre-emptive issues; and
b)	 to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares (otherwise than under 
paragraph (a) above) up to a nominal amount of £751,831;
	
such authority to expire at the conclusion of the 2026 AGM of the Company (or, if earlier, 
at close of business on 12 September 2026) but, in each case, prior to its expiry the 
Company may make offers, and enter into agreements, which would, or might, require 
equity securities to be allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) after the authority expires 
and the Board may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under any such offer 
or agreement as if the authority had not expired.

02 Strategic report
114
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
13.	 That if resolution 11 is passed, the Board be authorised in addition to any authority granted 
under resolution 12 to allot equity securities (as defined in the Act) for cash under the 
authority given by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as 
treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment 
or sale, such authority to be limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of 
treasury shares up to a nominal amount of £751,831 such authority to be used only for 
the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within 12 months 
after the original transaction) a transaction which the Board of the Company determines 
to be either an acquisition or a specified capital investment of a kind contemplated by the 
Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by 
the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice;
	
such authority to expire at the end of the 2026 AGM of the Company (or, if earlier, at close 
of business on 12 September 2026) save that, in each case, the Company may before 
such expiry make offers, and enter into agreements, which would, or might, require equity 
securities to be allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) after the authority expires and 
the Board may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under any such offer or 
agreement as if the authority had not expired.
Authority to purchase of own shares.
14.	 That the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised for the purpose of Section 
701 of the Act to make market purchases (as defined in Section 693 of the Act) of ordinary 
shares of 25 pence each in the capital of the Company (‘ordinary shares’) provided that:
a)	 the maximum number of ordinary shares hereby authorised to be purchased is 
3,007,327;
b)	 the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for such ordinary 
shares is 25 pence per share, being the nominal amount thereof;
c)	 the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for such ordinary 
shares shall be an amount equal to the higher of: (i) 5% above the average of the 
middle market quotations for such shares taken from The London Stock Exchange 
Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which 
the purchase is made; and (ii) the price of the last independent trade of an ordinary 
share and the highest current independent bid for an ordinary share as derived from 
the London Stock Exchange Trading System (“SETS”); and
d)	 the authority hereby conferred shall (unless previously renewed or revoked) expire 
at the end of the 2026 AGM, save that the Company may before such expiry make 
a contract or agreement to make a market purchase of its own ordinary shares 
which will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority 
and the Company may purchase such shares as if the authority conferred hereby 
had not expired.
By order of the Board
 
PRISM COSEC LIMITED 
Company Secretary
28 April 2025
Registered in England and Wales No. 124855
Registered office: 
Station Estate 
Station Road 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG

02 Strategic report
115
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Explanatory Notes Relating to the Resolutions
Resolutions 1 to 11 are ordinary resolutions; resolutions 12 to 14 are special resolutions. 
To be passed, ordinary resolutions require more than 50% of votes cast to be in favour of 
the resolution whilst special resolutions require at least 75% of the votes cast to be in 
favour of the resolution.
Ordinary Resolutions
To receive the Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Resolution 1 is a standard resolution. The Companies Act 2006 requires the Directors to lay 
before the Company in a general meeting copies of the Company’s annual accounts, and the 
Directors’ report and auditor’s report on those accounts. The Annual Report and Accounts 
2024, which includes this Notice of Annual General Meeting, will be available online at 
www.mpac-group.com.
Remuneration Report
Resolution 2 seeks shareholders’ approval for the Directors’ Remuneration report which is 
set out on pages 41 to 42 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2024, for the year ended 
31 December 2024. The vote is advisory only.
Re-election of Directors
In accordance with best practice in corporate governance, resolutions 3 to 8 seek approval 
for the re-election of all Directors who served during the year.
Biographical information for each of the Directors is provided on page 30 of the Annual 
Report and Accounts 2024.
The Board has no hesitation in recommending the re-election of the Directors to 
shareholders. In making these recommendations, the Board confirms that it has given careful 
consideration to the Board’s balance of skills, knowledge and experience and is satisfied 
that each of the Directors putting themselves forward for re-election has sufficient time to 
discharge their duties effectively, taking into account their other commitments.
Auditors
The auditors of a company must be appointed or re-appointed at each general meeting at 
which the accounts are laid.
Resolution 9 seeks approval to re-appoint PKF Littlejohn LLP as the Company’s auditors until 
the conclusion of the next general meeting of the Company at which accounts are laid.
Resolution 10 seeks consent for the Audit Committee to determine the remuneration of the 
auditors.
Directors’ authority to allot shares.
Resolution 11 seeks consent for shareholders to grant the Directors authority to allot shares 
or grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares, up to a maximum aggregate 
nominal value of £5,011,710, which is approximately two-thirds of the nominal value of the 
issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 28 April 2025, being the latest practicable 
date prior to the publication of this notice.
£2,505,855 of this authority is reserved for a fully pre-emptive rights issue only which is the 
maximum permitted amount under best practice corporate governance guidelines.
The authority will expire at the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or if earlier, at 
close of business on 12 September 2026. The Directors have no current intention of exercising 
such authority and will exercise this power only when they believe that such exercise is in the 
best interests of the shareholders.
Special resolutions
Disapplication of pre-emption rights
Resolutions 12 and 13 will be proposed as special resolutions, each requiring a majority of 
75% of those voting to be in favour. If the Directors wish to allot new shares and other equity 
securities, or sell treasury shares, for cash (other than in connection with an employee 
share scheme), company law requires that these shares are offered first to shareholders in 
proportion to their existing holdings.
Resolution 12 deals with the authority of the Directors to allot new shares or other equity 
securities pursuant to the authority given by resolution 11, or sell treasury shares, for cash 
without the shares or other equity securities first being offered to shareholders in proportion 
to their existing holdings. Such authority shall only be used in connection with a pre-emptive 
offer, or otherwise, up to an aggregate nominal amount of £751,831, being approximately 10% 
of the total issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 28 April 2025.
The Pre-Emption Group Statement of Principles 2022 issued on 4 November 2022 supports 
the annual disapplication of pre-emption rights in respect of allotments of shares and other 
equity securities (and sales of treasury shares for cash) representing no more than an 
additional 10% of issued ordinary share capital (exclusive of treasury shares), to be used only 
in connection with an acquisition or specified capital investment. The Pre-Emption Group’s 
Statement of Principles defines ‘specified capital investment’ as meaning one or more 
specific capital investment related uses for the proceeds of an issuance of equity securities, 
in respect of which sufficient information regarding the effect of the transaction on the 
Company, the assets that are the subject of the transaction and (where appropriate) the 
profits attributable to them is made available to shareholders to enable them to reach 
an assessment of the potential return.
Accordingly, and in line with the template resolutions published by the Pre-Emption Group, 
resolution 13 seeks to authorise the Directors to allot new shares and other equity securities 
pursuant to the authority given by resolution 11, or sell treasury shares, for cash up to a further 
nominal amount of £751,831, being approximately 10% of the total issued ordinary share 
capital of the Company as at 28 April 2025, only in connection with an acquisition or specified 
capital investment which is announced contemporaneously with the allotment, or which has 
taken place in the preceding six-month period and is disclosed in the announcement of the 
issue. If the authority given in resolution 13 is used, the Company will publish details of the 
placing in its next Annual Report. If these resolutions are passed, the authorities will expire at 
the end of the 2026 Annual General Meeting or at close of business on 12 September 2026, 
whichever is the earlier.
The Board considers the authorities in resolutions 12 and 13 to be appropriate in order to allow 
the Company flexibility to finance business opportunities or to conduct a rights issue or other 
pre-emptive offer without the need to comply with the strict requirements of the statutory 
pre-emption provisions.

02 Strategic report
116
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
Authority to purchase own shares.
Resolution 14 seeks authority for the Company to make market purchases of its own ordinary 
shares up to a maximum number of 3,007,327 ordinary shares, representing approximately 
10% of the issued ordinary share capital at 28 April 2025. The authority requested would 
replace a similar authority granted last year and would expire at the end of the 2026 Annual 
General Meeting, or if earlier, at close of business on 12 September 2026
In reaching a decision to purchase ordinary shares, the Directors will take account of 
the Company’s cash resources and capital and the general effect of such purchase on 
the Company’s business. The authority would only be exercised by the Directors if they 
considered it to be in the best interests of the shareholders generally and if the purchase 
could be expected to result in an increase in earnings per ordinary share.
Notes Relating to the Notice
The following notes explain your general rights as a shareholder and your right to vote at this 
Meeting or to appoint someone else to vote on your behalf.
Entitlement to attend and vote.
1.	 To be entitled to vote at the Meeting (and for the purpose of the determination by the 
Company of the number of votes they may cast), shareholders must be registered in the 
Register of Members of the Company at close of trading on Tuesday 10 June 2025, or 
if the meeting is adjourned, close of business on the day which is two days’ prior to the 
adjourned meeting. In each case, changes to the Register of Members after the relevant 
deadline shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend and vote 
at the Meeting.
Voting at the Meeting
2.	 Voting at the Meeting will be by way of poll rather than on a show of hands. This is a more 
transparent method of voting as shareholder votes are counted according to the number 
of shares held and will help to ensure an exact and definitive result. If you will not be 
participating in the meeting in person and wish to vote in advance, you may appoint 
a proxy as further detailed in notes 3 to 11 below.
Appointment of proxies
3.	 Shareholders are entitled to appoint another person as a proxy to exercise all or part of 
their rights to vote on their behalf at the Meeting. A shareholder may appoint more than 
one proxy in relation to the Meeting provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the 
rights attached to a different ordinary share or ordinary shares held by that shareholder. 
A proxy need not be a shareholder of the Company.
4.	 In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint 
a proxy, only the appointment submitted by the most senior holder will be accepted. 
Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of the joint holders appear in the 
Company’s Register of Members in respect of the joint holding (the first named being 
the most senior).
5.	 A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote will not be counted in the 
calculation of votes for or against the resolution. If no voting indication is given, your proxy 
will vote or abstain from voting at his or her discretion. Your proxy will vote (or abstain 
from voting) as he or she thinks fit in relation to any other matter which is put before 
the Meeting.
6.	 In order to reduce the Company’s environmental impact, our intention is to remove paper 
from the voting process as far as possible. You are therefore asked to vote in one of the 
following ways:
	 Register your vote online through Investor Centre app or web browser at 
https://uk.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com/. You will need your investor code which is 
printed on your share certificate or may be obtained from the Company’s registrar, 
MUFG Corporate Markets via email on shareholderenquiries@cm.mpms.mufg.com 
or on 0371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will 
vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable 
international rate. Lines are open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding 
public holidays in England and Wales.
	 Investor Centre is a free app for smartphone and tablet provided by MUFG Corporate 
Markets (the company’s registrar). It allows you to securely manage and monitor your 
shareholdings in real time, take part in online voting, keep your details up to date, 
access a range of information including payment history and much more. The app is 
available to download on both the Apple App Store and Google Play, or by scanning 
the relevant QR code below.
	
	 CREST members may use the CREST electronic proxy appointment service as detailed 
in note 9 below.
	 Proxymity Voting – if you are an institutional investor you may also be able to appoint 
a proxy electronically via the Proxymity platform, a process which has been agreed 
by the Company and approved by the Registrar. For further information regarding 
Proxymity, please go to www.proxymity. io. Your proxy must be lodged by 12noon on 
Tuesday 10 June 2025 in order to be considered valid or, if the meeting is adjourned, by 
the time which is 48 hours before the time of the adjourned meeting. Before you can 
appoint a proxy via this process you will need to have agreed to Proxymity’s associated 
terms and conditions. It is important that you read these carefully as you will be bound 
by them and they will govern the electronic appointment of your proxy. An electronic 
proxy appointment via the Proxymity platform may be revoked completely by sending 
an authenticated message via the platform instructing the removal of your proxy vote.
	 If you prefer, you may request a hard copy form MUFG Corporate Markets using the 
details provided above and return it to MUFG Corporate Markets, PXS 1, Central Square, 
29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL
	
All proxy appointments, whether electronic or hard copy, must be received by the 
Company’s registrar no later than 12 noon. on Tuesday 10 June 2025 (or, in the event that 
the meeting is adjourned, no later than 48 hours (excluding any part of the day that is not 
a working day) before the time of any adjourned meeting).

02 Strategic report
117
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
7.	 If you return more than one proxy appointment, either by paper or electronic 
communication, the appointment received last by the Registrar before the latest time 
for the receipt of proxies will take precedence. You are advised to read the terms and 
conditions of use carefully. Electronic communication facilities are open to all 
shareholders and those who use them will not be disadvantaged.
8.	 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic 
proxy appointment service may do so for the Meeting (and any adjournment of the 
Meeting) by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual (available from 
www.euroclear.com CREST Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, 
and those CREST members who have appointed a service provider(s), should refer to 
their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the 
appropriate action on their behalf.
9.	 In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST to be valid, the 
appropriate CREST message (a ‘CREST Proxy Instruction’) must be properly authenticated 
in accordance with Euroclear UK & International Limited’s specifications and must contain 
the information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The 
message must be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID RA10) by the 
latest time for receipt of proxy appointments specified above. For this purpose, the time 
of receipt will be taken to mean the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the 
message by the CREST application host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve 
the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time, 
any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated 
to the appointee through other means.
10.	 CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers 
should note that Euroclear UK & International Limited does not make available special 
procedures in CREST for any particular message.
	
Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, apply in relation to the input of 
CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to 
take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member, or sponsored member, or 
has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting 
service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message 
is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, 
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting system providers 
are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical 
limitations of the CREST system and timings. The Company may treat as invalid a CREST 
Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001.
Corporate representatives
11.	 Any corporation which is a shareholder can appoint one or more corporate 
representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its powers as a shareholder 
provided that no more than one corporate representative exercises powers in relation 
to the same shares.
Issued shares and total voting rights
12.	 As at 28 April 2025 (being the latest practicable business day prior to the publication of 
this Notice), the Company’s ordinary issued share capital consists of 30,073,273 ordinary 
shares, carrying one vote each. Therefore, the total voting rights in the Company as at 28 
April 2025 are 30,073,273.
Questions
13.	 We always welcome questions from our shareholders and we request that shareholders 
submit their questions to the Board before the Meeting. We will ensure that answers to 
questions are placed on the Company’s website.
	
You can submit questions up until 11 a.m. on 10 June 2025 by emailing them to 
cosec@mpac-group.com
Communication
14.	 You may not use any electronic address (within the meaning of Section 333(4) of the 
Companies Act 2006) provided in either this Notice or any related documents (including 
the form of proxy) to communicate with the Company for any purposes other than those 
expressly stated.
Website giving information regarding the meeting.
15.	 A copy of this Notice can be found on the Company’s website at www.mpac-group.com.

02 Strategic report
118
27 Corporate governance
54 Financial statements
Mpac Group plc     Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Corporate information
Registered office
Station Estate 
Station Road 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG
Head office – Coventry
2 Argosy Court 
Coventry 
CV3 4GA
Tel: +44 (0)2476 421100 
Email: ho@mpac-group.com
Registered number: 
124855
Secretary
Prism Cosec Limited
Auditors
PKF Littlejohn LLP 
15 Westferry Circus 
Canary Wharf 
London 
E14 4HD
Nominated Advisor & Broker
Shore Capital and Corporate Limited 
57 St James’s Street 
London 
SW1A 1LD 
Joint Broker
Panmure Liberum Capital Limited 
Ropemaker Place 
Level 12  
25 Ropemaker Street  
London 
EC2Y 9LY
Registrars
MUFG Pension & Market Services 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL
Tel: +44 (0)371 664 0300 
www.signalshares.com
Share price
Available from: 
FT Cityline – tel: +44 (0)905 817 1690 
Certain national newspapers
Financial PR
Hudson Sandler LLP 
25 Charterhouse Square 
London 
EC1M 6AE
Website
Further information is available at www.mpac-group.com
Timetable
Annual General Meeting 
12 June 2025
Payment dates for preference dividend 
30 June 2025 and 31 December 2025
Half-year announcement 
September 2025

Designed and produced by
Printed sustainably in the UK  
by Pureprint, a CarbonNeutral® 
company with FSC® chain 
of custody and an ISO 14001- 
certified environmental 
management system recycling 
over 99% of all dry waste.

Mpac Group plc 
Station Estate 
Station Road 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG
Tel: +44 (0)2476 421100 
Email: ho@mpac-group.com
mpac-group.com